Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

(Mark One)

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                    to                     

Commission file number: 001-32979

 

 

THRESHOLD PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   94-3409596

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(IRS employer

Identification number)

170 Harbor Way, Suite 300, South San Francisco, CA 94080   94063
(Address of principal executive office)   (Zip Code)

(650) 474-8200

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) if the Act:

 

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Each Exchange

On Which Registered

Common Stock $0.001 Par Value

Series A Participating Preferred Stock

 

NASDAQ Capital Market

NASDAQ Capital Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the act:    None

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes   ¨   No   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes   ¨   No   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes   x   No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes   x   No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. Yes   ¨   No   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨   Accelerated filer   ¨   Non-accelerated filer   ¨   Smaller reporting company   x
    (Do not check if a smaller
reporting company)
 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes   ¨   No   x

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant based upon the closing price of the Common Stock on the NASDAQ Capital Market on June 30, 2011 was approximately $67,975,478.

On February 29, 2012 there were 51,532,272 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding.

Documents incorporated by reference: Portions of the Proxy Statement for Registrant’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held May 17, 2011, or the Proxy Statement, are incorporated herein by reference into Part III.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Threshold Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  
   Part I      3   
Item 1.    Business      4   
Item 1A.    Risk Factors      23   
Item 1B    Unresolved Staff Comments      41   
Item 2.    Properties      41   
Item 3.    Legal Proceedings      42   
Item 4.    Mine Safety Disclosures      42   
   Part II      43   
Item 5.    Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities      43   
Item 6.    Selected Financial Data      45   
Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations      46   
Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk      57   
Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data      58   
Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure      90   
Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures      90   
Item 9B.    Other Information      91   
   Part III      92   
Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance      92   
Item 11.    Executive Compensation      92   
Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters      92   
Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence      92   
Item 14.    Principal Accounting Fees and Services      92   
   Part IV      93   
Item 15.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules      93   
   Signatures      97   


Table of Contents

PART I

This annual report on Form 10-K, including the sections entitled “Business,” “Risk Factors,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). We may, in some cases, use words such as “project,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “expect,” “estimate,” “intend,” “should,” “would,” “could,” “potentially,” “possible”, “will,” or “may,” or other words that convey uncertainty of future events or outcomes to identify these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements may include statements about:

 

   

our ability to commence, conduct and complete, and the timing of the commencement, conduct and completion of clinical trials for TH-302 and any additional compounds we develop;

 

   

our financial condition and potential milestone payments we may receive under our license and co-development agreement with Merck KGaA;

 

   

the success of any clinical trials that we commence;

 

   

the timing of results of our clinical trials;

 

   

our receipt and the timing of regulatory approvals, and our satisfaction of ongoing regulatory review;

 

   

our ability to establish and maintain intellectual property rights in our product candidates;

 

   

our ability to timely develop a formulation of TH-302 that will be suitable for commercial production;

 

   

whether any product candidates that we are able to commercialize are safer or more effective than other marketed products, treatments or therapies;

 

   

the ability of our licensee of glufosfamide to develop, manufacture, market and otherwise commercialize glufosfamide, and to raise sufficient funds to commence clinical development;

 

   

our research and development activities, including development of new product candidates, and projected expenditures;

 

   

our ability to complete preclinical and clinical testing successfully for new product candidates that we may develop or license;

 

   

our ability to have manufactured sufficient supplies of active pharmaceutical ingredient, or API, and drug product for clinical testing and commercialization;

 

   

our ability to obtain licenses to any necessary third party intellectual property;

 

   

our ability to retain and hire necessary employees and appropriately staff our development programs;

 

   

our cash needs and ability to raise capital when needed; and

 

   

our financial performance.

There are a number of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results anticipated by these forward-looking statements. These important factors include those that we discuss in this annual report on Form 10-K under the caption “Risk Factors.” You should read these factors and the other cautionary statements made in this annual report on Form 10-K as being applicable to all related forward-looking statements wherever they appear in this annual report on Form 10-K. If one or more of these factors materialize, or if any underlying assumptions prove incorrect, our actual results, performance or achievements may vary materially from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law. Unless the context requires otherwise, in this annual report on Form 10-K the terms “Threshold,” “Threshold Pharmaceuticals,” the “Company,” “we,”

 

3


Table of Contents

“us” and “our” refer to Threshold Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Threshold Pharmaceuticals, Inc., our logo and Metabolic Targeting are our trademarks. Other trademarks, trade names and service marks used in this annual report on Form 10-K are the property of their respective owners.

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

We are a biotechnology company focused on the discovery and development of drugs targeting the microenvironment of solid tumors and the bone marrows of some hematologic malignancies (blood cancers) as novel treatments for patients living with cancer. The microenvironment of these tissues is characterized by, among other things, hypoxia or lack of oxygen. This hypoxic environment is known to be resistant to standard chemotherapy and radiation. It is thought to be responsible for the poor prognosis of patients with solid tumors and hematological malignancies and treating the hypoxic environment is currently believed to be a significant unmet medical need. Our hypoxia activated prodrug (“HAP”) product candidates, including TH-302, are designed to specifically target the hypoxic microenvironment of tumors by selective activation of the prodrug to release a potent cytotoxin. Our focus is on product candidates for the treatment of patients with cancer. Our clinical development efforts are currently focused on TH-302, for which we entered a license and co-development agreement with Merck KGaA for worldwide development and commercialization. TH-302, which we discovered, is a novel drug candidate that is activated under severe hypoxic conditions and was designed to specifically target the severe hypoxic regions that are believed to be present in all solid tumors and hematologic malignancies.

TH-302 is currently in Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3 clinical trials. The development plan for TH-302 is designed to investigate the efficacy and safety across a broad range of solid tumors and hematologic malignancies. We reported updated top-line results from the initial Phase 1 monotherapy trial of TH-302 (401 trial) including indication-specific data in patients with metastatic melanoma and small-cell lung cancer (SCLC). We have also reported results from each of four Phase 1/2 combination therapy investigations of a chemotherapy agent plus TH-302 in solid tumors involving combining TH-302 with doxorubicin, gemcitabine, docetaxel and pemetrexed. We have also reported results from our clinical study of TH-302 in patients with advanced leukemias (407 trial) and initiated a clinical study of TH-302 in patients with multiple myeloma (408 trial). In addition, investigations have been initiated to explore the combination of TH-302 with anti-angiogenic therapies including a Phase 1/2 dose escalation clinical trial of TH-302 in combination with sunitinib (Sutent ® ) in patients with advanced renal cell carcinoma or gastrointestinal stromal tumors (410 trial) and physician initiated clinical trial of TH-302 administered in either combination with bevacizumab (Avastin ® ) in patients with recurrent high grade astrocytoma including glioblastoma or in combination with pazopanib (Votrient ® ) in patients with solid tumors.

In January 2011, we reported updated top-line results from our Phase 1/2 combination clinical trials in patients with first-line pancreatic cancer treated with gemcitabine plus TH-302 (402 trial). In June of 2010 we initiated a randomized, controlled Phase 2 trial of TH-302 in combination with gemcitabine in patients with first-line pancreatic cancer (404 trial). The study completed enrollment in June of 2011. In February of 2012 we reported top-line results from the randomized Phase 2b trial. The median progression-free survival (PFS) was 5.6 months for patients treated with gemcitabine in combination with TH-302 at 240 mg/m2 and 340 mg/m2 compared to 3.6 months for patients treated with gemcitabine alone. The PFS hazard ratio comparing the TH-302 combination to gemcitabine alone was 0.61 (95% confidence interval: 0.43—0.87) which was highly statistically significant (p = 0.005) and represented a 63% improvement in PFS. The response rate in the combination arms was 22% compared to 12% in the gemcitabine alone group. Results also demonstrated greater efficacy in the higher TH-302 dose group compared to the lower dose group. The combination was well tolerated with a safety profile that was consistent with our prior study of this combination regimen. As in that study, skin and mucosal toxicities related to TH-302 were dose dependent but not dose limiting. We expect to provide detailed results from this trial in the second quarter of 2012 as well as updated top-line results, including overall survival in the second half of 2012.

During 2011, we presented updated top-line results from our Phase 1/2 combination therapy in patients with soft tissue sarcoma treated with doxorubicin plus TH-302 at the maximum tolerated dose of 300 mg/m 2 (403

 

4


Table of Contents

trial). In February 2011, we reached agreement with the FDA on the design and planned analysis of a pivotal Phase 3 trial in patients with soft tissue sarcoma (406 trial). As part of the Special Protocol Assessment (SPA) submission, the FDA agreed that the design and planned analysis of the proposed Phase 3 trial adequately addresses the objectives necessary to support a regulatory submission. We initiated the pivotal Phase 3 trial in September of 2011 and expect to provide an update on the interim analysis, which will be conducted by an Independent Data Monitoring Committee (IDMC) in the beginning of 2013.

We are working to broaden the applicability of TH-302 to other cancers and in combination with other approved anti-cancer drugs as well as to discover additional hypoxia activated prodrugs that will selectively target cancer cells.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to create a leading biotechnology company that develops and commercializes drugs based on targeting the tumor microenvironment. We focus on inactive prodrugs of known chemotherapeutic agents or related analogs that undergo relatively selective activation in the tumor microenvironment and potentially allow for an improved safety and efficacy profile for the drug. Key elements of our strategy are to:

 

   

Develop TH-302 successfully.  We have completed a monotherapy Phase 1 clinical trial that has determined the maximum tolerated dose (MTD), dose limiting toxicities (DLTs), safety, pharmacokinetics and preliminary efficacy of TH-302 monotherapy in advanced solid tumors. We expanded enrollment in this trial to investigate TH-302 as a single agent in specific indications in which monotherapy activity had been observed as well as in some indications in which notable activity had been documented in the combination setting. We completed enrollment in two combination therapy Phase 1/2 clinical trials that determined the MTD, DLTs, safety, pharmacokinetics and preliminary efficacy of TH-302 in combination with four currently approved chemotherapies. Data from this collection of clinical trials supported our initial randomized controlled trial of TH-302 in first-line pancreatic cancer. As part of the Special Protocol Assessment (SPA) submission, the FDA agreed that the design and planned analysis of a proposed Phase 3 trial in patients with soft tissue sarcoma adequately addresses the objectives necessary to support a regulatory submission. We initiated the pivotal Phase 3 trial in September of 2011.

 

   

Continue to broaden our pipeline by discovering and developing new compounds.  We are actively pursuing research programs to discover and develop novel therapies that address major currently unmet medical needs. We will continue to investigate drug candidates from our hypoxia activated prodrug platform for further development. We also may evaluate additional in-licensing opportunities that build on our expertise and complement our current pipeline.

 

   

Build on our expertise in targeting the tumor microenvironment.  We intend to continue our focused approach in research and clinical development. We believe our expertise in this area gives us an advantage in the identification of new product candidates, therapeutic indications and technologies. We will also leverage the expertise of our scientific and clinical advisors and continue to enter into collaborations with other experts in the field.

 

5


Table of Contents

Our Product Development Programs

The following table summarizes the status of our current and ongoing product development programs:

 

Product Candidate

 

Indication

 

Development Status

 

Expected Milestones

TH-302

 

Various solid tumors (401)

 

•     Phase 1 monotherapy

 

•     Study completion in 2012

    Solid tumors including advanced pancreatic cancer, castrate-resistant prostate cancer and non-small cell lung cancer (402)  

•     Phase 1/2 combination therapy

 

•     Study completion in 2012

    Soft Tissue Sarcoma (403)  

•     Phase 1/2 combination therapy

 

•     Study completion in 2012

   

Advanced pancreatic cancer (404)

 

•     Phase 2 randomized controlled combination therapy

 

•     Updated top-line results in the second half of 2012

   

Soft Tissue Sarcoma (406)

 

•     Pivotal Phase 3 randomized controlled combination therapy

 

•     Interim analysis by IDMC in the beginning of 2013

   

Advanced leukemias (407)

 

•     Phase 1 monotherapy

 

•     Top-line results by the end of 2012

   

Multiple Myeloma (408)

 

•     Phase 1 monotherapy

 

•     Top-line results by the end of 2012

   

Renal cell carcinoma, GIST (410)

 

•     Phase 1 combination therapy

 

•     Top-line results by the end of 2012

Market Opportunities

Current Therapies for Cancer

Many different approaches are used in treating cancer, including surgery, radiation and drugs or a combination of these approaches. Drugs used to treat cancer include chemotherapeutics, hormones and immune-based therapies. Traditionally, strategies for designing cancer therapies have focused on killing cancer cells that exhibit rapid division and growth, and most conventional cancer drugs have been evaluated and optimized using cellular and animal models that reflect rapid cell growth.

However, most solid tumors are actually composed of both rapidly and slowly dividing cells. Conventional cancer treatments are not designed to target the slowly dividing cells found in portions of solid tumors and therefore typically do not succeed in killing all cancerous cells. As a tumor grows, its vasculature is disordered and chaotic, leaving portions of the tumor with regions where the oxygen concentration is significantly lower than in healthy tissues. This condition is called Tumor Hypoxia. Solid tumors have significant hypoxic regions, and because these regions have limited access to the blood supply and oxygen, the cells in them divide slowly, making them resistant to traditional chemotherapy and radiation treatment, which target rapidly dividing cells. Similarly, some chemotherapeutic agents delivered in the blood supply are less able to penetrate into hypoxic regions because they are more distant from the blood supply. Moreover, many scientists now believe that hypoxia can lead to changes in the fundamental properties of tumor cells, including genetic mutations, which can give rise to drug resistance and enhanced metastatic potential. Thus, therapeutics that target hypoxic zones could provide significant additional anti-tumor activity and clinical benefit over current chemotherapeutic and radiation therapies.

 

6


Table of Contents

Another disadvantage of current cancer therapies that target rapidly dividing cells is their toxic side effects. Because rapidly dividing cells are also found in many healthy tissues, particularly the gastrointestinal tract, bone marrow and hair follicles, nearly all conventional chemotherapy drugs cause severe side effects which may lead to bleeding, infection and anemia, as well as other side effects, such as diarrhea and hair loss. Likewise, radiation generally cannot be administered without causing significant damage to healthy tissue surrounding a tumor. Since our prodrugs are designed to undergo tumor selective activation, we anticipate that they should have a favorable safety profile and produce less toxicity to normal tissues at the doses that are effective in treating tumors than is the case with traditional therapies.

Many of the types of cancers we are targeting with TH-302 are widespread:

Lung Cancer

The American Cancer Society estimates that 221,130 people were diagnosed with lung cancer in the United States in 2011, and approximately 156,940 people died from the disease.

Melanoma

The American Cancer Society estimates that 70,230 people were diagnosed with melanoma in the United States in 2011, and approximately 8,790 people died from the disease.

Pancreatic Cancer

The American Cancer Society estimates that 44,030 patients were diagnosed with pancreatic cancer in the United States in 2011, and approximately 37,660 patients died from the disease.

Prostate Cancer

The American Cancer Society estimates that 240,890 people were diagnosed with prostate cancer in the United States in 2011, and approximately 33,720 people died from the disease.

Soft Tissue Sarcoma

The American Cancer Society estimates that 10,980 people were diagnosed with soft tissue sarcoma in the United States in 2011, and approximately 3,920 people died from the disease.

Advance Leukemias

The American Cancer Society estimates that 44,600 people were diagnosed with leukemia in the United States in 2011, and approximately 21,780 people died from the disease. Chronic lymphocytic leukemia is the most common leukemia in the United States, accounting for a third of cases diagnosed each year. Acute myelogenous leukemia accounts for 29% of diagnosed adult leukemias.

Multiple Myeloma

The American Cancer Society estimates that 22,520 people were diagnosed with myeloma in the United States in 2011, and approximately 10,610 people died from the disease.

TH-302

Our lead product candidate for cancer is TH-302, a novel prodrug candidate we discovered. In in vitro studies, it is preferentially activated under severe hypoxic conditions and has demonstrated potent anticancer activity in multiple preclinical cancer models. TH-302 combines a 2-nitroimidazole oxygen-sensing trigger with

 

7


Table of Contents

a masked deoxyribonucleic acid (“DNA”) crosslinker. Upon activation in oxygen deficient zones, TH-302 is converted selectively to the drug’s active form, dibromo isophosphoramide mustard, a potent alkylator. TH-302 targets levels of severe hypoxia that are found in tumors but are rare in normal tissues—this is how selective targeting of the tumor occurs. After conversion to the active form of the drug, the hypoxic cells are exposed to high concentrations of released cytotoxic agent, which can also diffuse into the adjacent regions of the tumor. TH-302 was designed to produce less of the systemic hematologic toxicity caused by most cytotoxic chemotherapies, while targeting the hypoxic regions of tumors known to be more difficult to treat with standard therapies.

Preclinical studies of TH-302

In addition to all of the standard toxicity and pharmacokinetic studies that are required to enable an investigational new drug (IND) application, numerous in vitro and in vivo efficacy studies with TH-302 have been conducted. A summary of the pre-clinical efficacy studies with TH-302 follows. Over 45 different human tumor-derived cell lines, representing 18 different tumor types, have been evaluated for their sensitivity to TH-302 and all were shown to have enhanced sensitivity to TH-302 under hypoxic conditions compared to higher oxygen concentrations. No cell lines that were investigated were resistant to TH-302 under hypoxic conditions. In addition, we have also evaluated TH-302 in ectopic xenograft models of cancer, in which human tumor cells are implanted beneath the skin of mice and permitted to grow as tumors. More than 20 of these studies were conducted using five different tumor types and multiple drug combinations. In these models, the combination of TH-302 with either chemotherapeutic agents or radiation consistently added efficacy above that seen with the single agent chemotherapeutic. We conducted animal studies of TH-302 in orthotopic mouse models of human cancer, in which human cancer cells are implanted into the corresponding mouse tissue and tumors are allowed to develop before treatment, to assess the efficacy of TH-302 in treating a variety of cancer types. In these models, TH-302 demonstrated promising efficacy when used in combination with standard chemotherapeutic agents. In an orthotopic mouse model of human pancreatic cancer, in which mice were treated with either gemcitabine or gemcitabine in combination with TH-302, complete responses were observed in one out of eight animals treated with TH-302 in combination with gemcitabine. In comparison, no complete responses were seen following single-agent gemcitabine therapy. In a similar mouse model of human prostate cancer, complete responses were observed in four out of eight animals treated with TH-302 in combination with taxol therapy. In comparison, no complete responses were reported with single-agent taxol. TH-302 was also tested in combination with docetaxel therapy in a metastatic mouse model of human hormone refractory prostate cancer. The combination of TH-302 with docetaxel resulted in eight out of ten complete responses. In comparison, three out of eight complete responses were reported with single-agent docetaxel. TH-302 has been evaluated in a metastatic mouse model of human lung cancer, alone and in combination with docetaxel. These preclinical results, which reflect our overall experience with cell-based animal models, indicate that combination therapies with TH-302 may be efficacious in the treatment of human solid tumors. There can be no assurance, however, that these animal studies will accurately predict the results of human clinical trials.

More recently, preclinical studies of TH-302 efficacy in hematological malignancies (also known as blood cancers, for example, leukemias, multiple myeloma, and lymphomas) were initiated. The role of hypoxia in the pathogenesis of hematological malignancies and its role in disease progression is an emerging area of active research in the cancer biology community. We have conducted preclinical studies with TH-302 in both cell- and animal models of multiple myeloma. Our in vitro results show that TH-302 alone and the combination of TH-302 plus Bortezomib synergistically induced apoptosis (programmed cell death). In addition, the combination of TH-302 plus Bortezomib conducted in a mouse model of multiple myeloma showed statistically significant improvements in multiple disease parameters, including circulating paraprotein levels, the standard endpoint for assessing efficacy of drug in multiple myeloma. Through an academic collaboration we have also demonstrated preclinical efficacy of TH-302 in a mouse model of acute leukemia. TH-302 treatment resulted in marked in vitro hypoxic-specific cell death of human leukemia cells under the same conditions where traditional chemotherapeutic agents such as cytarabine and doxorubicin were not effective. In vivo , TH-302 treatment significantly inhibited leukemia disease progression in a mouse model in which immunocompromised mice were

 

8


Table of Contents

injected with a human leukemia cell line. These preclinical studies in hematological malignancy models provide the basis for human clinical evaluation of TH-302 in patients with multiple myeloma and leukemia. There can be no assurance, however, that these animal studies will accurately predict the results of human clinical trials.

Numerous published studies have demonstrated that clinically approved antiangiogenic agents, such as sunitinib (Sutent) and sorafenib (Nexavar) result in an increase in the hypoxic fractions in animal models of cancer. A series of animal studies were conducted to characterize hypoxia following administration of antiangiogenics and to investigate the activity TH-302 in combination with antiangiogenic. In these studies when TH-302 was also administered with sunitinib or sorafenib, a complementary effect was observed. Importantly, body weight loss, a toxicity indicator, was not significantly increased with TH-302 in combination with any of the antiangiogenics in these studies. These animal studies suggest that TH-302 enhances the anti-tumor efficacy of sunitinib and sorafenib by apparently selectively targeting the antiangiogenic-induced increases in tumor hypoxia. These studies provide a translational rationale for combining TH-302 with antiangiogenics.

TH-302 Monotherapy Clinical Trial

In July 2007, we commenced a first-in-human Phase 1 clinical trial of TH-302 monotherapy, as a 30 to 60-minute intravenous infusion. This trial, also known as the 401 trial enrolled 129 patients, with enrollment completed in the second quarter of 2010. The trial was initiated as a dose-escalation clinical trial to determine the MTD, dose limiting toxicity, safety, pharmacokinetics and preliminary efficacy of weekly dosing of TH-302.

In January 2009 the Phase 1 clinical trial was expanded to a Phase 1/2 clinical trial to investigate the activity of TH-302 at the MTD in patients with advanced/metastatic melanoma, SCLC or non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC). At the same time the trial was expanded to establish the MTD utilizing a once every three week dosing regimen.

In December 2009 the clinical trial enrollment was further expanded to investigate the activity of TH-302 at a dose level of 480 mg/m 2 in patients with advanced/metastatic melanoma, SCLC and a set of histologies and tumor indications in which activity was reported in the combination trial.

During 2010, we reported updated top-line efficacy results from all patients in the trial including data on specific indications. Partial responses (“PRs”) were documented in eight of thirty-six patients (22%) with metastatic melanoma and two of ten patients (20%) with refractory SCLC and two of eight patients (25%) with squamous cell carcinoma of the head or neck. The PRs were the best responses as assessed by Response Evaluation Criteria in Solid Tumors (RECIST). There can be no assurance that our initial results will be replicated with the treatment of additional patients.

In June 2010, we initiated a Phase 1 open label clinical trial of TH-302 in patients with advanced leukemias. The objectives of the Phase 1 trial are to determine the MTD, DLT, safety, tolerability, clinical activity and pharmacokinetics of TH-302 in patients with advanced leukemia. In December 2011, we reported top-line efficacy and safety data. The starting dose in the trial was 120mg/m2 daily for 5 days of a 21-day cycle and the highest dose investigated in the study was 550 mg/m2. At this dose two patients developed dose limiting mucosal toxicity. The maximum tolerated daily dose (MTD) of TH-302 was established at 460 mg/m2. Efficacy assessments have demonstrated TH-302 activity in multiple subjects with relapsed/refractory acute myeloid leukemia and acute lymphoblastic leukemia as evidenced by stabilization or reduction of bone marrow and peripheral blast counts. One patient had a complete response with incomplete platelet recovery with resolution of leukemia cutis. There can be no assurance that our initial results will be replicated with the treatment of additional patients.

In March 2012, we initiated a Phase 1/2 open label clinical trial of TH-302 in patients with relapsed/refractory multiple myeloma. The objectives of the trial are to determine the MTD, DLT, safety, tolerability, clinical activity and pharmacokinetics of TH-302 in patients with multiple myeloma. The study has three parts. In Part A, the monotherapy MTD will be established. In Part B, a monotherapy expansion at the MTD will be conducted. In Part C, the combination of TH-302 with bortezomib will be investigated.

 

9


Table of Contents

TH-302 Combination Therapy Clinical Trials

In August 2008, we initiated a multi-armed Phase 1/2 clinical trial of TH-302 which included three separate treatment arms, with each arm combining TH-302 with a different chemotherapeutic agent for the treatment of patients with solid tumors. This trial, also known as the 402 trial, enrolled 160 patients including 71 patients treated with TH-302 plus gemcitabine, 51 patients treated with TH-302 plus docetaxel and 38 patients treated with TH-302 plus pemetrexed. Each of the combination treatments had a dose escalation phase to establish the MTD and a dose expansion phase at the recommended Phase 2 doses of TH-302 within four specific indications with approximately 12-40 patients treated in each indication. In September 2008, we also initiated a Phase 1/2 clinical trial of TH-302 in combination with doxorubicin in patients with advanced soft tissue sarcoma. This trial, also known as the 403 trial, enrolled 101 patients (16 in the dose escalation arm). These combination trials were designed to allow further development in hormone refractory prostatic carcinoma, metastatic pancreatic cancer, NSCLC and soft tissue sarcoma. These indications have been highlighted in view of the high degree of efficacy of TH-302 in combination with chemotherapy in relevant pre-clinical models combined with the significant unmet medical needs represented by each of these tumor types.

Hematologic toxicity after administering TH-302 in combination with chemotherapy was higher than might be expected if chemotherapy was administered by itself, and the myelosuppression, as manifested by reduced platelet count or reduced neutrophil count, was the primary dose limiting toxicity. Skin and mucosal toxicities were TH-302 dose dependent with a trend for increased frequency and greater severity at higher doses. Although these skin and mucosal toxicities have been bothersome in some patients and resulted in dose reductions or delays in therapy, these events have been reversible with an improvement in symptoms between cycles and following dose reductions. At the current dose level the hematologic, skin and mucosal toxicities have been acceptable. Investigations are ongoing to better understand and treat, or prevent, these toxicities. The addition of TH-302 to standard chemotherapies does not appear to enhance the toxicity in other body systems.

A series of updated data were reported since the initiation of the two combination clinical studies. In October 2010, results from the 402 clinical trial were presented at the 35th Congress of the European Society for Medical Oncology (ESMO). In the 402 trial, one hundred and forty-two patients had been assessed for response in the trial’s three separate treatment arms. In the TH-302 plus gemcitabine arm, sixty-four patients had tumor assessments, fourteen (22%) of whom had a PR or CR in the following cancers: pancreatic (8), ovarian, esophageal, squamous NSCLC, neuroendocrine and thyroid. In the TH-302 plus docetaxel arm, forty-four had tumor assessments, six patients (14%) of whom had a PR in the following cancers: prostate (3), NSCLC (2) and anal. There were twenty-seven patients (61%) with SD. In the TH-302 plus pemetrexed arm, thirty-four patients have had tumor assessments, eleven patients (32%) of whom had a PR in the following cancers: NSCLC (6), transitional cell carcinoma (2), pancreatic, anal and hepatocellular. There were twelve patients (35%) with SD. Of the thirty-two patients with relapsed or refractory NSCLC treated with TH-302 in combination with either docetaxel or pemetrexed, eight patients achieved PRs and fourteen patients achieved SD. The median PFS in this group was 4.2 months (95% CI: 2.8 months to Not Reached). In the TH-302 plus docetaxel treatment arm, 15 patients with castration resistant prostate cancer were treated. Of the 13 patients with at least one evaluable post-treatment tumor assessment, 3 patients (23%) had a partial response, 9 patients (69%) achieved stable disease and one patient (8%) had progressive disease. Eleven of the 15 (73%) patients had a PSA reduction of greater than 50%. There can be no assurance that our initial results will be replicated with the treatment of additional patients.

A number of studies were initiated to investigate the safety and efficacy of TH-302 in combination with anti-angiogenic therapies. In June 2011, a Phase 1/2 dose escalation clinical trial of TH-302 in combination with sunitinib in patients with advanced renal cell carcinoma (RCC) and gastrointestinal stromal tumor (GIST) was initiated. In July 2011, we announced that the Cancer Therapy & Research Center at the University of Texas Health Science Center at San Antonio initiated a clinical trial of TH-302 in combination with bevacizumab in patients with recurrent high grade astrocytoma including glioblastoma. Also in July 2011, we announced that The National Comprehensive Cancer Network (NCCN), a not-for-profit alliance of 21 of the world’s leading cancer centers, awarded a grant to Dr. Herb Hurwitz, Associate Professor of Medicine at the Duke Cancer Institute, to initiate a Phase 1 clinical trial to evaluate the safety and preliminary activity of TH-302 in combination with pazopanib in various advanced solid tumors.

 

10


Table of Contents

Advanced Pancreatic Cancer: TH-302 in combination with gemcitabine

In January 2011, results from the patients with pancreatic cancer treated with TH-302 plus gemcitabine were presented at The American Society of Clinical Oncology Gastrointestinal Cancer Symposium. Of the forty-seven patients with first-line pancreatic cancer forty-three, were assessed for response one achieved a CR, eight achieved PRs and thirty have had SD. The majority of these patients received a TH-302 dose of 240 mg/m2 or 340 mg/m2. Among the patients receiving 340 mg/m2 of TH-302, there was one patient with a CR, 6 patients with a PR, 13 patients with SD and one patient with PD. Among the patients receiving 240 mg/m2 of TH-302, there were 13 patients with SD and 3 patients with PD. Median overall survival (OS), based upon data for all 47 patients regardless of TH-302 dose, was 8.5 months (95% CI: 6.9 to 13.4 months) and median progression-free survival (PFS) was 5.9 months (95% CI: 4.8 months to not reached).

In June 2010 we initiated a randomized, controlled Phase 2b trial of TH-302 in combination with gemcitabine in patients with first-line pancreatic cancer. 214 patients with previously untreated, locally advanced, unresectable or metastatic pancreatic adenocarcinoma were enrolled and treated in the clinical trial at various sites in the United States. Tumor response assessments were performed at baseline and every eight weeks using the RECIST 1.1 criteria. Patients were randomized equally into one of three cohorts: TH-302 at a dose of 240 mg/m2 plus gemcitabine or TH-302 at a dose of 340 mg/m2 plus gemcitabine or gemcitabine alone. If a patient’s cancer progressed while on gemcitabine alone, the patient could crossover into one of the TH-302 plus gemcitabine cohorts. The primary efficacy endpoint of the trial is a comparison of progression free survival between the two combination arms and the gemcitabine alone arm. The secondary endpoints are overall response rate, overall survival, event-free survival, CA 19-9 response rate as well as various safety parameters.

In February 2012 we reported the top-line results from the Phase 2b trial. The median progression-free survival (PFS) was 5.6 months for patients treated with gemcitabine in combination with TH-302 at 240 mg/m2 and 340 mg/m2 compared to 3.6 months for patients treated with gemcitabine alone. The PFS hazard ratio comparing the TH-302 combination to gemcitabine alone was 0.61 (95% confidence interval: 0.43—0.87) which was highly statistically significant (p = 0.005) and represented a 63% improvement in PFS. The response rate in the combination arms was 22% compared to 12% in the gemcitabine alone group. Results also demonstrated greater efficacy in the higher TH-302 dose group compared to the lower dose group. The combination was well tolerated with a safety profile that was consistent with our prior study of this combination regimen. As in that study, skin and mucosal toxicities related to TH-302 were dose dependent but not dose limiting. We expect to provide detailed results from the trial in the second quarter of 2012, as well as updated top-line results, including overall survival in the second half of 2012.

Advanced Soft Tissue Sarcoma: TH-302 in combination with doxorubicin

In November 2010, results from the Phase 1 and Phase 2 components of the 403 clinical trial were presented at the 16th Annual Connective Tissue Oncology Society (CTOS) Meeting for the first fifty-seven patients in the trial. Fifty-four patients had at least one evaluable post-treatment tumor assessment, including eighteen (33%) with a PR. Twenty-one patients went on to receive single agent TH-302 after completing 6 cycles of the combination regimen. Twenty-eight (52%) patients achieved SD while eight (15%) had PD. Median PFS was 6.4 months (95% CI: 5.6 months to 6.9 months). The six-month progression-free rate was 56%. In the trial after observing significant, but not dose limiting toxicity at a TH-302 dose of 240 mg/m 2 , prophylactic growth factor support was initiated. Two dose limiting toxicities, grade 3 cellulitis with grade 4 neutropenia and grade 4 thrombocytopenia were observed in two of four patients treated at a TH-302 dose of 340 mg/m 2 . The MTD was then established at 300 mg/m 2 . Forty-seven of the fifty-seven patients received the MTD of 300 mg/m 2 . At the MTD the frequency of grade 3/4 neutropenia was 24% and of grade 3/4 thrombocytopenia was 26%. The most common adverse events were fatigue (65%), nausea (65%), alopecia (47%) and stomatitis (37%). Seventeen patients developed a rash. The combined regimen was well tolerated with no additive toxicity to doxorubicin and no other cumulative toxicities. Skin and mucosal toxicities were reversible and have not been dose limiting at the maximum tolerated dose.

 

11


Table of Contents

In November 2011, results from the Phase 2 component of the 403 clinical trial were presented at the 17th Annual Connective Tissue Oncology Society (CTOS) Meeting for the 91 patients with previously untreated advanced soft tissue sarcoma treated at the TH-302 MTD of 300 mg/m 2 in combination with doxorubicin. Eighty-nine patients had at least one evaluable post-treatment tumor assessment, including two (2%) with CR and thirty (34%) with a PR. Twenty-one patients went on to receive single agent TH-302 after completing 6 cycles of the combination regimen. Forty-three (48%) patients achieved SD while fourteen (16%) had PD. Median PFS was 6.7 months (95% CI: 6.2 months to 8.1 months). The six-month progression-free rate was 63%. At the MTD the frequency of grade 3/4 neutropenia was 20% and of grade 3/4 thrombocytopenia was 25%. The most common adverse events were nausea (70%), fatigue (67%), stomatitis (41%) and anorexia (40%). The combined regimen was well tolerated with apparent cumulative toxicities. Skin and mucosal toxicities were reversible and not dose limiting at the maximum tolerated dose.

In February 2011, as part of the Special Protocol Assessment (SPA) submission, the FDA agreed that the design and planned analysis of a proposed Phase 3 trial in patients with soft tissue sarcoma adequately addresses the objectives necessary to support a regulatory submission. In September 2011, the Phase 3 trial was initiated. This 450 patient, randomized, open-label, multi-center trial will compare two treatment regimens for patients with metastatic and/or advanced unresectable soft tissue sarcoma who have not received prior doxorubicin. This trial is designed to demonstrate the clinical benefit of TH-302 in combination with doxorubicin compared to doxorubicin alone based on a primary efficacy endpoint of overall survival. The trial includes a futility interim analysis based on progression-free survival expected to occur about half-way into enrollment and an interim analysis based on overall survival expected to occur at the end of enrollment. Patients will be randomized to receive TH-302 (300 mg/m 2 on days 1 and 8 of a 21 day cycle) in addition to the standard dosing schedule of doxorubicin (75 mg/m 2 on day 1 of the 21 day cycle) compared to doxorubicin alone. The Company is expecting to report results from the interim analysis, which will be conducted by the IDMC in the beginning of 2013.

Glufosfamide

From 2004 through 2009 we conducted clinical development of glufosfamide, a drug candidate that shares certain structural characteristics with glucose but acts instead as a chemotherapeutic agent when taken up by a cell. In October 2009, we entered into an exclusive license agreement with Eleison Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (“Eleison”). Pursuant to the agreement we granted Eleison exclusive worldwide rights to develop and commercialize glufosfamide for the treatment of cancer in humans and animals, and certain other uses. Under the agreement, Eleison is responsible for the development, manufacturing and marketing of glufosfamide. Eleison and Threshold will share equally in the profits of commercialization, if the further clinical development of glufosfamide leads to regulatory approval and marketing. No further development by Threshold Pharmaceuticals is planned.

Discovery Research

We have research programs focused on better understanding the mechanism and maximizing the effectiveness of TH-302 in the treatment of cancer as well as identifying new therapeutic candidates that target the microenvironments of solid tumors and hematological malignancies, particularly the severely hypoxic compartments. These extremely low oxygen conditions are not found in most normal tissues. The hypoxic zones of tumors are known to be resistant to standard chemotherapeutics and to radiation therapy. Hypoxia is also believed to contribute to more aggressive, invasive, and metastatic cancer phenotypes. Tumor hypoxia correlates with poor prognosis in cancer patients and is believed to represent a significant unmet medical need. The general nature of hypoxia in cancers offers the possibility for cancer therapeutics which are broadly useful in many indications with an associated large market opportunity. It is also now known that certain anticancer therapies (e.g. anti-angiogenic agents) lead to an increase in tumor hypoxia and may support the combination of those therapies with hypoxia-targeted agents.

 

12


Table of Contents

Our most advanced efforts targeting these regions are the design and development of novel hypoxia activated cytotoxic prodrug compounds. A prodrug is an inactive compound that is converted in the human body by enzymatic processes that result in the formation of an active drug. The prodrug concept is well established in chemotherapy and was initially only employed to modify the pharmacokinetic properties of compounds through non-specific activation processes. More recently the concept has been applied to the design of agents that are selectively activated in tumor tissues through specific activation processes.

Our prodrug candidates typically have two distinct parts, a toxic portion (the chemotherapeutic toxin) and an attached trigger molecule. To prevent general toxicity, the trigger molecule masks the toxin until the prodrug is activated by the low oxygen concentration in the hypoxic zones of solid tumors and hematological malignancies. Once activated, the toxin kills cells in its vicinity. We have designed prodrug candidates that are triggered only at the very low oxygen levels found in these hypoxic regions. Our experiments indicate that we can achieve a greater than 100-fold difference in cytotoxicity between cells in normal oxygen levels and hypoxic cells. Our lead investigational drug candidate, TH-302, was our first product candidate from this program. TH-302 is highly selective and produces a DNA cross-linking toxin upon activation. Hypoxia activated prodrugs of other toxin classes are being pursued. Lead compounds have demonstrated promising in vitro activity and additional characterization, evaluation and optimization of these compounds is currently underway.

Our expertise includes broad capabilities in chemical synthesis, biological assay development and in vitro and in vivo compound evaluation and pharmacology. Our medicinal chemistry expertise allows us to turn initially promising compounds generated by our chemists into drug candidates. We believe that our research focus combined with our integrated drug discovery platform provides us with the capacity to optimize our chances of successfully translating our laboratory observations with TH-302 to the clinic as well as to identify, discover and develop novel therapies for the treatment of cancer.

Manufacturing and Supply

The production of TH-302 employs small molecule organic chemistry procedures that are standard for the pharmaceutical industry. We currently rely on contract manufacturers for the manufacture of active pharmaceutical ingredient (“API”), and final drug product of TH-302. Under our license and co-development agreement with Merck KGaA, we are dependent on Merck for clinical and commercial supply of TH-302, except for clinical trials for United States approval of TH-302 for soft tissue sarcoma and for any other clinical trials for which we are responsible. For these latter cases, we can obtain clinical supply directly from existing or new suppliers.

We are currently using contract manufacturers to manufacture TH-302 API and TH-302 drug product. We have scheduled manufacturing to meet our clinical supply needs for 2012. We based our estimates for the amount of drug we will need on assumptions about trial enrollment and trial dose levels. If we are not successful in manufacturing sufficient quantities of TH-302 API and drug product or consume more drug product than anticipated because of a higher than expected trial utilization or have quality issues that limit the utilization of the drug product, we may experience a significant delay in our TH-302 clinical program.

Additional agreements for more supplies of each of our product candidates will be needed to complete clinical development and/or commercialize them. These products will need to satisfy all cGMP manufacturing requirements, including passing product specifications. Our inability to satisfy these requirements could delay our clinical programs.

During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, we spent $24.4 million, $18.9 million and $15.8 million, respectively, on research and development, including product development, discovery research and contract manufacturing activities.

 

13


Table of Contents

License and Development Agreements

Agreement with Merck KGaA

On February 2, 2012, we entered into a global license and co-development agreement with Merck KGaA, of Darmstadt, Germany, to co-develop and commercialize TH-302, our small molecule hypoxia-targeted drug. Under the terms of the agreement, Merck will receive co-development rights, exclusive global commercialization rights and will provide us an option to co-commercialize TH-302 in the United States. In exchange, we will receive an upfront payment of $25 million and could receive another $35 million in additional development milestones that are independent of continued development of TH-302 in pancreatic cancer during 2012. We are also eligible to receive a $20 million milestone payment based on positive results from its randomized Phase 2 trial in pancreatic cancer. Total potential milestone payments are $525 million, comprised of $280 million in regulatory and development milestones and $245 million in sales-based milestones.

In the United States, we will have primary responsibility for development of TH-302 in the soft tissue sarcoma indication. We and Merck KGaA will jointly develop TH-302 in all other cancer indications being pursued. Merck KGaA will pay 70% of worldwide development costs for TH-302. Subject to FDA approval in the United States, Merck KGaA will initially be responsible for commercialization of TH-302 while we will receive a tiered, double-digit royalty on sales. Under the royalty-bearing portion of the agreement, we retain the option to co-promote TH-302 in the United States. Additionally, we retain the option to co-commercialize TH-302 upon the achievement of certain sales and regulatory milestones, allowing us to participate in up to 50% of the profits in the United States depending on total sales. Outside of the United States, Merck KGaA will be solely responsible for the commercialization of TH-302 while we will receive a tiered, double-digit royalty on sales in these territories. The agreement became effective on March 12, 2012, upon termination of the applicable waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976. The agreement will continue on a country-by-country basis until the later of the last to expire patent covering TH-302 in such country or ten years following the commercial launch of a product containing TH-302 in such country, unless terminated earlier. Merck has the right to terminate the agreement after the achievement of certain milestones, and each party has the right to terminate the agreement following uncured material breach by the other party.

Agreement with Eleison Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

On October 14, 2009, we entered into an exclusive license agreement with Eleison Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (“Eleison”). Pursuant to the agreement we granted Eleison exclusive worldwide rights to develop and commercialize glufosfamide for the treatment of cancer in humans and animals, and certain other uses. Under the agreement, Eleison is responsible for the development, manufacturing and marketing of glufosfamide. Eleison and Threshold will share equally in the profits of commercialization, if the further clinical development of glufosfamide leads to regulatory approval and marketing.

Eleison will pay us 50% of its profits from commercialization on a quarterly basis, beginning on the date of first commercial sale, if any. Eleison has the right to sublicense some or all of its rights under the agreement, and will pay us 50% of amounts received under any sublicenses, including, without limitation, any royalty payments, license fee payments, milestone payments and payments for any equity or debt purchases by a sublicensee, within 30 days of the receipt of any such amounts or payments by Eleison. Eleison will bear all costs associated with development, commercialization and patent prosecution, and will control product development and commercialization. In addition, Eleison will be responsible for all royalty and milestone payments due under the Baxter license and MediBIC development agreement. The agreement contemplates that Eleison, to satisfy its diligence obligations, will raise sufficient funds to commence clinical development activities with glufosfamide.

In the event that Eleison fails to satisfy its diligence obligations, we may, at our option, terminate the agreement for material breach or convert the license granted under the agreement to a non-exclusive license.

 

14


Table of Contents

The agreement will remain in effect as long as Eleison continues to sell glufosfamide anywhere in the world or receives payments under any sublicenses. Each party is entitled to terminate the agreement upon the other party’s material breach after expiration of a 60-day cure period (30 days in the event of a payment breach). Each party is entitled to terminate the agreement immediately upon the bankruptcy or similar petition of the other party that is not discharged within 60 days, or the assignment for the benefit of creditors by, or the appointment of a receiver over the property of, the other party. In addition, Eleison may terminate the agreement for convenience at any time on 90 days written notice to us.

Following any termination by Eleison for convenience or by us for Eleison’s material breach, all licensed rights will revert to us. Following any termination by Eleison for our material breach, all licensed rights will fully vest in Eleison, provided that Eleison will be required to pay us 50% of the profit sharing payments it otherwise would have been required to pay us under the agreement.

Patents and Proprietary Rights

Our policy is to patent the technologies, inventions and improvements that we consider important to the development of our business. As of December 31, 2011, we owned or held exclusive license to United States and foreign patents and patent applications and Patent Cooperation Treaty patent applications relating to our research and development programs.

Our TH-302 product candidate and its use in the treatment of cancer are claimed in US and corresponding foreign patents and patent applications in major market countries and are owned by us. We are seeking or have already obtained compound per se patent protection for TH-302 as well as claims directed to its use, alone and in combination with other cancer drugs, in the treatment of cancer. We also own other United States, PCT, and foreign patent applications relating to the results of our research on hypoxia-activated prodrugs and their use as cancer drugs and related reagents and methods.

The patent positions of companies like ours are generally uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions. Our ability to maintain and solidify our proprietary position for our technology will depend on our success in obtaining effective claims and enforcing those claims once granted. We do not know whether any of our pending patent applications will result in the issuance of any patents. Moreover, an issued patent does not guarantee us the right to practice the patented technology or commercialize the patented product. Other parties may have blocking patents that could be used to prevent us from commercializing our patented products and practicing our patented technology. Our issued patents and those that may be issued in the future may be challenged, invalidated, or circumvented, which could limit our ability or render us unable to stop competitors from marketing related products as well as shorten the term of patent protection that we may have for our products. In addition, the rights granted under any issued patents may not provide us with proprietary protection or competitive advantages against competitors with similar technology. Furthermore, our competitors may independently develop similar technologies that do not infringe our intellectual property rights. For these reasons, we may have competition for our products. Moreover, because of the extensive time required for development, testing and regulatory review of a potential therapeutic product, it is possible that, before any of our products can be commercialized, any related patent may expire or remain in force for only a short period following commercialization, thereby reducing any advantage of the patent.

We also rely on trade secrets, technical know-how and continuing innovation to develop and maintain our competitive position. We seek to protect our proprietary information by requiring our employees and certain of our consultants, contractors, outside scientific collaborators and other advisors to execute non-disclosure and assignment of invention agreements on commencement of their employment or engagement. Agreements with our employees also forbid them from using third party trade secret or other confidential information in their work. We also require confidentiality or material transfer agreements from third parties that receive our confidential data or proprietary materials.

 

15


Table of Contents

The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are characterized by the existence of a large number of patents and frequent litigation based on allegations of patent infringement. For so long as our product candidates are in clinical trials, we believe our clinical activities fall within the scope of the exemptions provided by 35 U.S.C. Section 271(e) in the United States, which exempts from patent infringement liability activities reasonably related to the development and submission of information to the FDA. This exemption does not apply to commercialization activities; however’ if our product candidates are commercialized, then the possibility of a patent infringement claim against us increases. While we attempt to ensure that our clinical product candidates and the methods we employ to manufacture them, as well as the methods for their use we intend to promote, do not infringe other parties’ patents and other proprietary rights, there can be no assurance that they do not, and competitors or other parties may assert that we infringe their proprietary rights in any event.

Competition

We operate in the highly competitive segment of the pharmaceutical market comprised of pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies that research, develop and commercialize products designed to treat cancer. Many of our competitors have significantly greater financial, manufacturing, marketing and product development resources than we do. Large pharmaceutical companies in particular have extensive experience in clinical testing and in obtaining regulatory approval for drugs. These companies also have significantly greater research capabilities than we do. In addition, many universities and private and public research institutes are active in cancer research, some in direct competition with us. We also compete with these organizations to recruit scientists and clinical development personnel.

Each cancer indication for which we are developing products has a number of established medical therapies with which our candidates will compete. Most major pharmaceutical companies and many biotechnology companies are aggressively pursuing cancer development programs, including traditional therapies and therapies with novel mechanisms of action. Our TH-302 product candidate for targeting the tumor hypoxia may eventually compete with other companies who are developing or were developing drugs that target tumor hypoxia such as Proacta Incorporated. A number of biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies are marketing and/or developing cancer therapeutics competing in prostate, lung, pancreatic, melanoma and soft tissue sarcoma. Such companies include: AstraZeneca PLC, Genentech, Inc., Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, Eli Lilly and Company, GlaxoSmithKline plc, Bayer Pharmaceuticals, Hoffmann-LaRoche, Inc., Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Johnson & Johnson, Onyx Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Merck KGaA, Novartis AG, Pfizer, Inc., Amgen Inc., Clovis Oncology, ImClone Systems, Inc., Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc., OSI Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Telik, Inc., Sanofi-Aventis U.S., Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Plexxikon Inc., Celgene Corporation, Abraxis Bioscience Inc., ARIAD Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and ZIOPHARM Oncology, Inc.

Governmental Regulation and Product Approval

The manufacturing and marketing of our potential products and our ongoing research and development activities are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and comparable regulatory agencies in state and local jurisdictions and in foreign countries.

United States Regulation

Before any of our products can be marketed in the United States, they must secure approval by the FDA. To secure this approval, any drug we develop must undergo rigorous preclinical testing and clinical trials that demonstrate the product candidate’s safety and effectiveness for each chosen indication for use. This extensive regulatory process controls, among other things, the development, testing, manufacture, safety, efficacy, record keeping, labeling, storage, approval, advertising, promotion, sale, and distribution of biopharmaceutical products.

In general, the process required by the FDA before investigational drugs may be marketed in the United States involves the following steps:

 

   

pre-clinical laboratory and animal tests;

 

16


Table of Contents
   

submission of an IND, which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin;

 

   

adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials to establish the safety and efficacy of the proposed drug for its intended use;

 

   

pre-approval inspection of manufacturing facilities and selected clinical investigators; and

 

   

FDA approval of an NDA, or of an NDA supplement (for subsequent indications).

Preclinical Testing

In the United States, drug candidates are tested in animals until adequate proof of safety is established. These preclinical studies generally evaluate the mechanism of action of the product and assess the potential safety and efficacy of the product. Tested compounds must be produced according to applicable current good manufacturing practice, or cGMP, requirements and preclinical safety tests must be conducted in compliance with FDA and international regulations regarding good laboratory practices, or GLP. The results of the preclinical tests, together with manufacturing information and analytical data, are generally submitted to the FDA as part of an IND, which must become effective before human clinical trials may commence. The IND will automatically become effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless before that time the FDA requests an extension or raises concerns about the conduct of the clinical trials as outlined in the application. If the FDA has any concerns, the sponsor of the application and the FDA must resolve the concerns before clinical trials can begin. Submission of an IND may not result in FDA authorization to commence a clinical trial. A separate submission to the existing IND must be made for each successive clinical trial conducted during product development, and the FDA must grant permission for each clinical trial to start and continue. Regulatory authorities may require additional data before allowing the clinical trials to commence or proceed from one Phase to another, and could demand that the trials be discontinued or suspended at any time if there are significant safety issues. Furthermore, an independent institutional review board, or IRB, for each medical center proposing to participate in the conduct of the clinical trial must review and approve the clinical protocol and patient informed consent before the center commences the clinical trial.

Clinical Trials

Clinical trials for new drug candidates are typically conducted in three sequential phases that may overlap. In Phase 1 involves the initial introduction of the drug candidate into humans and are conducted in volunteers or in patients with a specific disease depending on the intended use. The emphasis in Phase 1 is on testing for safety or adverse effects, dosage, tolerance, metabolism, distribution, excretion, and clinical pharmacology. Phase 2 involves clinical trials in a limited patient population to determine the initial efficacy of the drug candidate for specific targeted indications, to determine dosage tolerance and optimal dosage and to identify possible adverse side effects and safety risks. Once a compound shows evidence of effectiveness and is found to have an acceptable safety profile in Phase 2 clinical trials, pivotal controlled Phase 3 clinical trials are undertaken to more fully evaluate clinical outcomes and to establish the overall risk/benefit profile of the drug, and to provide, if appropriate, an adequate basis for product labeling. During all clinical trials, physicians monitor patients to determine effectiveness of the drug candidate and observe and report any reactions or safety risks that may result from use of the drug candidate. The FDA, the IRB, or the sponsor may suspend a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk.

The data from the clinical trials, together with preclinical data and other supporting information that establishes a drug candidate’s safety, are submitted to the FDA in the form of an NDA or NDA supplement (for approval of a new indication if the product candidate is already approved for another indication). Under applicable laws and FDA regulations, each NDA submitted for FDA approval is usually given an internal administrative review within 45 to 60 days following submission of the NDA. If deemed complete, the FDA will “file” the NDA, thereby triggering substantive review of the application. The FDA can refuse to file any NDA that it deems incomplete or not properly reviewable. The FDA has established internal substantive review goals

 

17


Table of Contents

of six months for priority NDAs (for drugs addressing serious or life threatening conditions for which there is an unmet medical need) and ten months for regular NDAs. The FDA, however, is not legally required to complete its review within these periods, and these performance goals may change over time. Moreover, the outcome of the review, even if generally favorable, is not typically an actual approval, but an “action letter” that describes additional work that must be done before the NDA can be approved. The FDA’s review of an NDA may involve review and recommendations by an independent FDA advisory committee. The FDA may deny approval of an NDA or NDA supplement if the applicable regulatory criteria are not satisfied, or it may require additional clinical data and/or an additional pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial. Even if such data are submitted, the FDA may ultimately decide that the NDA or NDA supplement does not satisfy the criteria for approval.

Data Review and Approval

Satisfaction of FDA requirements or similar requirements of state, local and foreign regulatory agencies typically takes several years and requires the expenditure of substantial financial resources. Information generated in this process is susceptible to varying interpretations that could delay, limit, or prevent regulatory approval at any stage of the process. Accordingly, the actual time and expense required to bring a product to market may vary substantially. We cannot be certain that we will submit applications for required authorizations to manufacture and/or market potential products or that any such application will be reviewed and approved by the appropriate regulatory authorities in a timely manner, if at all. Data obtained from clinical activities is not always conclusive and may be susceptible to varying interpretations, which could delay, limit, or prevent regulatory approval. Success in early stage clinical trials does not ensure success in later stage clinical trials. Even if a product candidate receives regulatory approval, the approval may be significantly limited to specific disease states, patient populations, and dosages, or have conditions placed on them that restrict the commercial applications, advertising, promotion, or distribution of these products.

Once issued, the FDA may withdraw product approval if ongoing regulatory standards are not met or if safety problems occur after the product reaches the market. In addition, the FDA may require testing and surveillance programs to monitor the effect of approved products which have been commercialized, and the FDA has the power to prevent or limit further marketing of a product based on the results of these post-marketing programs. The FDA may also request additional clinical trials after a product is approved. These so-called Phase 4 studies may be made a condition to be satisfied after a drug receives approval. The results of Phase 4 studies can confirm the effectiveness of a product candidate and can provide important safety information to augment the FDA’s voluntary adverse drug reaction reporting system. The product may be subject to withdrawal of the approval if effectiveness is not confirmed in the Phase 4 studies. Any products manufactured or distributed by us pursuant to FDA approvals would be subject to continuing regulation by the FDA, including record-keeping requirements and reporting of adverse experiences with the drug. Drug manufacturers and their subcontractors are required to register their establishments with the FDA and certain state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and certain state agencies for compliance with good manufacturing practices, which impose certain procedural and documentation requirements upon us and our third-party manufacturers. We cannot be certain that we or our present or future suppliers will be able to comply with the cGMP regulations and other FDA regulatory requirements. If our present or future suppliers are not able to comply with these requirements, the FDA may halt our clinical trials, require us to recall a drug from distribution, or withdraw approval of the NDA for that drug. Furthermore, even after regulatory approval is obtained, later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product may result in restrictions on the product or even complete withdrawal of the product from the market.

The FDA closely regulates the marketing and promotion of drugs. Approval may be subject to post-marketing surveillance and other record keeping and reporting obligations, and involve ongoing requirements. Product approvals may be withdrawn if compliance with regulatory standards is not maintained or if problems occur following initial marketing. A company can make only those claims relating to safety and efficacy that are approved by the FDA. While physicians may prescribe legally available drugs for uses that are not described in the product’s labeling and that differ from those tested by us and approved by the FDA, manufacturers may only promote for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label. Failure to

 

18


Table of Contents

comply with FDA requirements can result in adverse publicity, warning letters, corrective advertising, and potential civil and criminal penalties.

Special Protocol Assessments

A clinical trial sponsor may submit a request for a special protocol assessment (SPA) from the FDA. Under the SPA procedure, a sponsor may seek the FDA’s agreement on the design and size of a clinical trial intended to form the primary basis of an effectiveness claim. If the FDA agrees in writing, its agreement may not be changed after the trial begins, except in limited circumstances, such as when a substantial scientific issue essential to determining the safety and effectiveness of a product candidate is identified after a Phase 3 clinical trial is commenced and agreement is obtained with the FDA. If the outcome of the trial is successful, the sponsor will ordinarily be able to rely on it as the primary basis for approval with respect to effectiveness. The FDA, however, may make an approval decision based on a number of factors, including the degree of clinical benefit, and the FDA is not obligated to approve an NDA as a result of an SPA, even if the clinical outcome is positive.

Orphan Drug Designation

Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may grant orphan drug designation to drugs intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is generally a disease or condition that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States. Orphan drug designation must be requested before submitting an NDA. After the FDA grants orphan drug designation, the identity of the therapeutic agent and its potential orphan use are disclosed publicly by the FDA. Orphan drug designation does not convey any advantage in or shorten the duration of the regulatory review and approval process. If a product that has orphan drug designation subsequently receives FDA approval for the disease for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to orphan product exclusivity, which means that the FDA may not approve any other applications to market the same drug for the same disease, except in limited circumstances, for seven years. These circumstances are an inability to supply the drug in sufficient quantities or a situation in which a new formulation of the drug has shown superior safety or efficacy. This exclusivity, however, also could block the approval of our product for seven years if a competitor obtains earlier approval of the same drug for the same indication.

Anti-Kickback and False Claims Laws

In the United States, we are subject to various federal and state laws pertaining to healthcare “fraud and abuse,” including anti-kickback and false claims laws. The federal Anti-Kickback Law makes it illegal for any person, including a prescription drug manufacturer (or a party acting on its behalf) to knowingly and willfully solicit, offer, receive or pay any remuneration, directly or indirectly, in exchange for, or to induce, the referral of business, including the purchase, order or prescription of a particular drug, for which payment may be made under federal healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. Violations of the law are punishable by up to five years in prison, criminal fines, administrative civil money penalties, and exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs. In addition, many states have adopted laws similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Law. Some of these state prohibitions apply to referral of patients for healthcare services reimbursed by any source, not only the Medicare and Medicaid programs. Due to the breadth of these laws, and the potential for additional legal or regulatory change addressing some of our practices, it is possible that our practices or our relationships with physicians might be challenged under anti-kickback laws, which could harm us.

False claims laws prohibit anyone from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, for payment to third-party payors (including Medicare and Medicaid) claims for reimbursed items or services, including drugs, that are false or fraudulent, claims for items or services not provided as claimed, or claims for medically unnecessary items or services. Our future activities relating to the reporting of wholesaler or estimated retail prices for our products, the reporting of Medicaid rebate information and other information affecting federal, state and third-party reimbursement of our products, and the sale and marketing of our products, are subject to scrutiny under these laws. In addition, pharmaceutical companies have been prosecuted under the federal False

 

19


Table of Contents

Claims Act in connection with their off-label promotion of drugs. Penalties for a violation include three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus mandatory civil penalties of between $5,500 and $11,000 for each separate false claim. In addition, certain states have enacted laws modeled after the federal False Claims Act. If the government were to allege that we were, or convict us of, violating these false claims laws, we could be subject to a substantial fine and suffer a decline in our stock price.

Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984

Under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, known as the Hatch-Waxman Amendments, a portion of a product’s patent term that was lost during clinical development and application review by the FDA may be restored. The Hatch-Waxman Amendments also provide for a statutory protection, known as nonpatent market exclusivity, against the FDA’s acceptance or approval of certain competitor applications. The Hatch-Waxman Amendments also provide the legal basis for the approval of abbreviated new drug applications, or ANDAs, for generic drugs.

Patent term restoration can compensate for patent life lost during product development and the regulatory review process by returning up to five years of patent life for a patent that covers a new product or its use. This period is generally one-half the time between the effective date of an IND (falling after issuance of the patent) and the submission date of an NDA, plus the time between the submission date of an NDA and the approval of that application. Patent term restorations, however, are subject to a maximum extension of five years, and the patent term restoration cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years. The application for patent term extension is subject to approval by the United States Patent and Trademark Office in conjunction with the FDA. It takes at least six months to obtain approval of the application for patent term extension. Up to five years of interim one year extensions are available if a product is still undergoing development or FDA review at the time of its expiration.

The Hatch-Waxman Amendments also provide for a period of statutory protection for new drugs that receive NDA approval from the FDA. If a new drug receives NDA approval as a new chemical entity, meaning that the FDA has not previously approved any other new drug containing the same active moiety, then the Hatch-Waxman Amendments prohibit an abbreviated new drug application or an NDA where the applicant does not own or have a legal right of reference to all of the data required for approval, or a “505(b)(2)” NDA, to be submitted by another company for a generic version of such drug, with some exceptions, for a period of five years from the date of approval of the NDA. The statutory protection provided pursuant to the Hatch-Waxman Amendments will not prevent the filing or approval of a full NDA. In order to gain approval of a full NDA, however, a competitor would be required to conduct its own preclinical investigations and clinical trials. If NDA approval is received for a new drug containing an active ingredient that was previously approved by the FDA but the NDA is for a drug that includes an innovation over the previously approved drug, for example, an NDA approval for a new indication or formulation of the drug with the same active ingredient, and if such NDA approval was dependent upon the submission to the FDA of new clinical investigations, other than bioavailability studies, then the Hatch-Waxman Amendments prohibit the FDA from making effective the approval of an ANDA or a 505(b)(2) NDA for a generic version of such drug for a period of three years from the date of the NDA approval. This three year exclusivity, however, only covers the innovation associated with the NDA to which it attaches. Thus, the three year exclusivity does not prohibit the FDA, with limited exceptions, from approving ANDAs or 505(b)(2) NDAs for drugs containing the same active ingredient but without the new innovation.

While the Hatch-Waxman Amendments provide certain patent term restoration and exclusivity protections to innovator drug manufacturers, it also permits the FDA to approve ANDAs for generic versions of their drugs. The ANDA process permits competitor companies to obtain marketing approval for a drug with the same active ingredient for the same uses but does not require the conduct and submission of clinical trials demonstrating safety and effectiveness for that product. Instead of safety and effectiveness data, an ANDA applicant needs only to submit data demonstrating that its product is bioequivalent to the innovator product as well as relevant

 

20


Table of Contents

chemistry, manufacturing and control data. The Hatch-Waxman Amendments also instituted a third type of drug application that requires the same information as an NDA including full reports of clinical and preclinical studies except that some of the information from the reports required for marketing approval comes from studies which the applicant does not own or have a legal right of reference. This type of application, a “505(b)(2) NDA,” permits a manufacturer to obtain marketing approval for a drug without needing to conduct or obtain a right of reference for all of the required studies.

Finally, the Hatch-Waxman Amendments require, in some circumstances, an ANDA or a 505(b)(2) NDA applicant to notify the patent owner and the holder of the approved NDA of the factual and legal basis of the applicant’s opinion that the patent listed by the holder of the approved NDA in FDA’s Orange Book is not valid or will not be infringed (the patent certification process). Upon receipt of this notice, the patent owner and the NDA holder have 45 days to bring a patent infringement suit in federal district court and obtain a 30-month stay against the company seeking to reference the NDA. The NDA holder could still file a patent suit after the 45 days, but if they did, they would not have the benefit of the 30-month stay. Alternatively, after this 45-day period, the applicant may file a declaratory judgment action, seeking a determination that the patent is invalid or will not be infringed. Depending on the circumstances, however, the applicant may not be able to demonstrate a controversy sufficient to confer jurisdiction on the court. The discovery, trial and appeals process in such suits can take several years. If such a suit is commenced, the Hatch-Waxman Act provides a 30-month stay on the approval of the competitor’s ANDA or 505(b)(2) NDA. If the litigation is resolved in favor of the competitor or the challenged patent expires during the 30-month period, unless otherwise extended by court order, the stay is lifted and the FDA may approve the application. Under regulations recently issued by the FDA, and essentially codified under the recent Medicare prescription drug legislation, the patent owner and the NDA holder have the opportunity to trigger only a single 30-month stay per ANDA or 505(b)(2) NDA.

Foreign Approvals

In addition to regulations in the United States, we will be subject to a variety of foreign regulations governing clinical trials and commercial sales and distribution of our products. Whether or not we obtain FDA approval for a product, we must obtain approval of a product by the comparable regulatory authorities of foreign countries before we can commence clinical trials or marketing of the product in those countries. The approval process varies from country to country, and the time may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA approval. The requirements governing the conduct of clinical trials, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement vary greatly from country to country.

Under European Union regulatory systems, we may submit marketing authorizations either under a centralized or decentralized procedure. The centralized procedure provides for the grant of a single marketing authorization that is valid for all European Union member states. The decentralized procedure provides for mutual recognition of national approval decisions. Under this procedure, the holder of a national marketing authorization may submit an application to the remaining member states. Within 90 days of receiving the applications and assessment report, each member state must decide whether to recognize approval.

The policies of the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities may change and additional government regulations may be enacted which could prevent or delay regulatory approval of our investigational drugs or approval of new diseases for our existing products. We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of adverse governmental regulation that might arise from future legislative or administrative action, either in the United States or abroad.

Other Government Regulation

Our research and development activities use biological and hazardous materials that are dangerous to human health and safety or the environment. We are subject to a variety of federal, state and local laws and regulations governing the use, generation, manufacture, storage, handling and disposal of these materials and wastes

 

21


Table of Contents

resulting from these materials. We are also subject to regulation by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, or OSHA, the California and federal environmental protection agencies and to regulation under the Toxic Substances Control Act. OSHA or the California or federal EPA may adopt regulations that may affect our research and development programs. We are unable to predict whether any agency will adopt any regulations that could have a material adverse effect on our operations. We have incurred, and will continue to incur, capital and operating expenditures and other costs in the ordinary course of our business in complying with these laws and regulations.

Employees

As of December 31, 2011, we had 31 full-time employees, including 11 who hold Ph.D. and/or M.D. degrees. Twenty six of our employees are engaged in research and development, and our remaining employees are management or administrative staff. None of our employees is subject to a collective bargaining agreement. We believe that we have good relations with our employees.

Our Corporate Information

We were incorporated in Delaware on October 17, 2001. Our principal executive offices are located at 170 Harbor Way Suite 200 South San Francisco 94080. Our telephone number is (650) 474-8200.

Available Information

We file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy information and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is http://www.sec.gov . The materials are also available at the SEC’s Public Reference Room, located at 100 F Street, Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information through the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.

You may obtain a free copy of our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports on the day of filing with the SEC on our website at http://www.thresholdpharm.com or by contacting the Investor Relations Department at our corporate offices by calling (650) 474-8200.

 

22


Table of Contents
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Risks Related to Drug Discovery, Development and Commercialization

We are substantially dependent upon the success of TH-302.

We have focused our development activities on TH-302, and we do not presently have other compounds in clinical development. The failure of TH-302 to achieve successful clinical trial endpoints, delays in clinical or development of TH-302, unanticipated adverse side effects related to TH-302 or any other adverse developments or information related to TH-302 would significantly harm our business and the value of our common stock.

We are dependent upon our collaborative relationship with Merck KGaA to further develop, manufacture and commercializeTH-302.

Our success in developing, manufacturing and commercializing TH-302 will depend on our relationship with Merck KGaA. On February 2, 2012, we entered into entered into a global license and co-development agreement with Merck KGaA to co-develop and commercialize TH-302. In the United States, Threshold will have primary responsibility for development of TH-302 in the soft tissue sarcoma indication. Threshold and Merck KGaA will jointly develop TH-302 in all other cancer indications being pursued. Threshold has rights to co-promote TH-302 in the United States, which it can exercise by giving notice during specified periods, and has the right to co-commercialize TH-302 if certain development or sales milestones are achieved.

We are subject to a number of risks associated with our dependence on our collaborative relationship with Merck, including:

 

   

our ability, together with Merck, to achieve developmental and commercial milestones that will trigger payments to Threshold under the agreement;

 

   

our ability to fund thirty percent (30%) of the global development costs of TH-302;

 

   

• decisions by Merck regarding the amount and timing of resource expenditures for the development and commercialization of TH-302;

 

   

possible disagreements as to development plans, clinical trials, regulatory marketing or sales;

 

   

our need to develop a sales force to co-promote or co-commercialize TH-302 in the United States if we chose to do so, or our reliance on Merck to promote TH-302 in the United States;

 

   

our inability to co-promote or co-commercialize TH-302 in any country outside the United States, which makes us solely dependent on Merck to promote and commercialize TH-302 in foreign countries;

 

   

Merck’s right to terminate the collaboration agreement on limited notice after the attainment of certain milestones or in certain circumstances involving our insolvency or material breach of the agreement;

 

   

loss of significant rights if we fail to meet our obligations under the collaboration agreement;

 

   

adverse regulatory or legal action against Merck resulting from failure to meet healthcare industry compliance requirements in the promotion and sale of TH-302, including federal and state reporting requirements;

 

   

changes in key management personnel at Merck, including Merck’s representatives on the joint steering committee or other committees that are administering the agreement; and

 

   

disagreements with Merck regarding interpretation or enforcement of the agreement.

We have limited ability to direct Merck in its development of TH-302 and we may be unable to obtain any remedy against Merck if they fail to do so, or do so in a manner that we think is inadequate. Merck may not have sufficient expertise to promote or obtain reimbursement for oncology products in the United States and may fail to devote appropriate resources to this task. In addition, Merck may establish a sales and marketing infrastructure

 

23


Table of Contents

for TH-302 that is too large and expensive in view of the magnitude of the sales opportunity or establish this infrastructure too early in view of the ultimate timing of potential regulatory approvals. We are at risk with respect to the success or failure of Merck’s development and commercial decisions related to TH-302 as well as the extent to which Merck succeeds in the execution of its strategy. Merck’s development of other products may affect its incentives to develop and commercialize TH-302 and cause it to take actions that may be different from those we would take.

Under the terms of the agreement, we and Merck must agree on the development plan for TH-302. If we and Merck cannot agree, clinical trial progress could be significantly delayed. Further, if we cease funding development of TH-302 under the collaboration agreement, then we will be entitled to receive a royalty, but will lose our right to co-commercialize TH-302 and share in profits.

Merck has the right to terminate the agreement after certain milestones have been met on ninety (90) days prior written notice, or following our uncured material breach. If Merck terminates the agreement, then we shall become responsible for the costs of development and commercialization of TH-302, and there can be no assurance we would be able to do so, or to find another collaborator for the continued development and commercialization of TH-302.

If we are unable to maintain our collaborative relationship with Merck, we may be unable to continue development, manufacturing and marketing activities at our own expense. If we were able to do so on our own, this would significantly increase our capital and infrastructure requirements, would necessarily impose delays on development programs, may limit the indications we are able to pursue and could prevent us from effectively developing and commercializing TH-302.

Disputes with Merck may delay or prevent us from further developing, manufacturing or commercializingTH-302, and could lead to litigation against Merck, which could be time consuming and expensive.

Delays in our clinical trials could result in us not achieving anticipated developmental milestones when expected, increased costs and delay our ability to obtain regulatory approval and commercialize our product candidates.

Delays in our clinical trial enrollment or in the progression of our clinical trials could result in us not meeting previously announced clinical milestones and could materially impact our product development costs and milestone revenue and delay regulatory approval of our product candidates. We do not know whether planned clinical trials will be completed on schedule, if at all. Clinical trials can be delayed for a variety of reasons, including:

 

   

adverse safety events experienced during our clinical trials;

 

   

a lower than expected frequency of clinical trial events;

 

   

delays in obtaining clinical materials;

 

   

slower than expected patient recruitment to participate in clinical trials;

 

   

delays in reaching agreement on acceptable clinical trial agreement terms with prospective sites or obtaining institutional review board approval,

 

   

delays in obtaining regulatory approval to commence new trials; and

 

   

disagreements with Merck KGaA on development plans.

If we do not successfully complete our clinical trials on schedule, the price of our common stock may decline.

Although we obtained a special protocol assessment for TH-302 for soft tissue sarcoma, a special protocol assessment does not guarantee any particular outcome from regulatory review, including any regulatory approval.

We have obtained an agreement with the Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, following a special protocol assessment, or SPA, for the registration trial for TH-302 for the treatment of soft tissue sarcoma in the

 

24


Table of Contents

United States. The SPA process allows for FDA evaluation of a clinical trial protocol intended to form the primary basis of an efficacy claim in support of a new drug application, or NDA, and provides a product sponsor with an agreement confirming that the design and size of a trial will be appropriate to form the primary basis of an efficacy claim for an NDA if the trial is performed according to the SPA. Even if we believe that the data from a clinical trial are supportive, an SPA is not a guarantee of approval, and we cannot be certain that the design of, or data collected from, a trial will be adequate to demonstrate safety and efficacy, or otherwise be sufficient to support regulatory approval. There can be no assurance that the terms of an SPA will ultimately be binding on the FDA, and the FDA is not obligated to approve an NDA, if any, even if the clinical outcome is positive. The FDA retains significant latitude and discretion in interpreting the terms of an SPA and the data and results from a clinical trial, and can require trial design changes or additional studies if issues arise essential to determining safety or efficacy. Data may subsequently become available that causes the FDA to reconsider the previously agreed upon scope of review and the FDA may have subsequent safety or efficacy concerns that override an SPA, and we can give no assurance that as clinical trials proceed or as part of an NDA review process, if any, the FDA will determine that a previously approved SPA is still valid.

Additionally, an SPA may be changed only with written agreement of the FDA and sponsor, and any further changes we may propose to the protocol will remain subject to the FDA’s approval. The FDA may not agree to any such amendment and, even if they agree, they may request other amendments to the trial design that could require additional cost and time, as well as increase the degree of difficulty in reaching clinical endpoints. As a result, even with an SPA, we cannot be certain that the trial results will be found to be adequate to support an efficacy claim and product approval.

Pre-clinical studies and Phase 1 or 2 clinical trials of TH-302 may not predict the results of subsequent human clinical trials.

Pre-clinical studies, including studies of our product candidates in animal models of disease, may not accurately predict the result of human clinical trials of those product candidates. In particular, promising animal studies suggesting the efficacy of TH-302 for the treatment of different types of cancer may not accurately predict the ability of TH-302 to treat cancer effectively in humans. TH-302 may be found not to be efficacious in treating cancer, alone or in combination with other agents, when studied in human clinical trials. In addition, we will not be able to commercialize our drug candidates until we obtain FDA approval in the United States or approval by comparable regulatory agencies in Europe and other countries. To satisfy FDA or foreign regulatory approval standards for the commercial sale of our product candidates, we must demonstrate in adequate and controlled clinical trials that our product candidates are safe and effective. Success in preclinical testing and early clinical trials, including Phase 2 trials, does not ensure that later clinical trials will be successful. Our initial results from clinical trials of TH-302 in Phase 1 and Phase 2 clinical trials may not be confirmed by later analysis or subsequent larger clinical trials. A number of companies in the pharmaceutical industry, including us, have suffered significant setbacks in advanced clinical trials, even after obtaining promising results in earlier clinical trials.

Our product candidates must undergo rigorous clinical testing, the results of which are uncertain and could substantially delay or prevent us from bringing them to market.

Before we can obtain regulatory approval for a product candidate, we must undertake extensive clinical testing in humans to demonstrate safety and efficacy to the satisfaction of the FDA or other regulatory agencies. Clinical trials of new drug candidates sufficient to obtain regulatory marketing approval are expensive and take years to complete.

We cannot be certain of successfully completing clinical testing within the time frame we have planned, or at all. We may experience numerous unforeseen events during, or as a result of, the clinical trial process that could delay or prevent us from receiving regulatory approval or commercializing our product candidates, including the following:

 

   

our clinical trials may produce negative or inconclusive results, and we may decide, or regulators may require us, to conduct additional clinical and/or preclinical testing or to abandon programs;

 

25


Table of Contents
   

the results obtained in earlier stage clinical testing may not be indicative of results in future clinical trials;

 

   

clinical trial results may not meet the level of statistical significance required by the FDA or other regulatory agencies;

 

   

enrollment in our clinical trials for our product candidates may be slower than we anticipate, resulting in significant delays and additional expense;

 

   

we, or regulators, may suspend or terminate our clinical trials if the participating patients are being exposed to unacceptable health risks; and

 

   

the effects of our product candidates on patients may not be the desired effects or may include undesirable side effects or other characteristics that may delay or preclude regulatory approval or limit their commercial use, if approved.

Completion of clinical trials depends, among other things, on our ability to enroll a sufficient number of patients, which is a function of many factors, including:

 

   

the therapeutic endpoints chosen for evaluation;

 

   

the eligibility criteria defined in the protocol;

 

   

the perceived benefit of the investigational drug under study;

 

   

the size of the patient population required for analysis of the clinical trial’s therapeutic endpoints;

 

   

our ability to recruit clinical trial investigators and sites with the appropriate competencies and experience;

 

   

our ability to obtain and maintain patient consents; and

 

   

competition for patients by clinical trial programs for other treatments.

We may experience difficulties in enrolling patients in our clinical trials, which could increase the costs or affect the timing or outcome of these clinical trials. This is particularly true with respect to diseases with relatively small patient populations.

We are subject to significant regulatory approval requirements, which could delay, prevent or limit our ability to market our product candidates.

Our research and development activities, preclinical studies, clinical trials and the anticipated manufacturing and marketing of our product candidates are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and other regulatory agencies in the United States and by comparable authorities in Europe and elsewhere. We require the approval of the relevant regulatory authorities before we may commence commercial sales of our product candidates in a given market. The regulatory approval process is expensive and time-consuming, and the timing of receipt of regulatory approval is difficult to predict. Our product candidates could require a significantly longer time to gain regulatory approval than expected, or may never gain approval. We cannot be certain that, even after expending substantial time and financial resources, we will obtain regulatory approval for any of our product candidates. A delay or denial of regulatory approval could delay or prevent our ability to generate product revenues and to achieve profitability.

Changes in regulatory approval policies during the development period of any of our product candidates, changes in, or the enactment of, additional regulations or statutes, or changes in regulatory review practices for a submitted product application may cause a delay in obtaining approval or result in the rejection of an application for regulatory approval.

 

26


Table of Contents

Regulatory approval, if obtained, may be made subject to limitations on the indicated uses for which we may market a product. These limitations could adversely affect our potential product revenues. Regulatory approval may also require costly post-marketing follow-up studies. In addition, the labeling, packaging, adverse event reporting, storage, advertising, promotion and record-keeping related to the product will be subject to extensive ongoing regulatory requirements. Furthermore, for any marketed product, its manufacturer and its manufacturing facilities will be subject to continual review and periodic inspections by the FDA or other regulatory authorities. Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements may, among other things, result in fines, suspensions of regulatory approvals, product recalls, product seizures, operating restrictions and criminal prosecution.

Our product candidates are based on targeting the microenvironment of solid tumors and hematological malignancies, which currently is an unproven approach to therapeutic intervention.

Our product candidates are designed to target the microenvironment of solid tumors and hematological malignancies by, in the case of TH-302, harnessing hypoxia for selective toxin activation. We have not, nor to our knowledge has any other company, received regulatory approval for a drug based on this approach. We cannot be certain that our approach will lead to the development of approvable or marketable drugs.

In addition, the FDA or other regulatory agencies may lack experience in evaluating the safety and efficacy of drugs based on these targeting approaches, which could lengthen the regulatory review process, increase our development costs and delay or prevent commercialization of our product candidates.

Our product candidates may have undesirable side effects that prevent or delay their regulatory approval or limit their use if approved.

Anti-tumor drugs being developed by us, including TH-302, are expected to have undesirable side effects. For example, in clinical trials of TH-302, some patients have exhibited skin and/or mucosal toxicities that have in some cases caused patients to stop or delay therapy. The extent, severity and clinical significance of these or other undesirable side effects may not be apparent initially and may be discovered or become more significant during drug development or even post-approval. These expected side effects or other side effects identified in the course of our clinical trials or that may otherwise be associated with our product candidates may outweigh the benefits of our product candidates. Side effects may prevent or delay regulatory approval or limit market acceptance if our products are approved.

We have not yet gained sufficient experience with a commercial formulation of TH-302.

The formulation of TH-302 that we are using in our clinical trials was recently changed to address issues with a prior formulation that was subject to storage and handling requirements that were not be suitable for commercial product. The new formulation of TH-302 may be suitable for commercial product, but additional data will be required to verify this. There can be no assurance that it will be. If we are not able to develop a commercial formulation, we may delay registration of TH-302.

Orphan drug exclusivity affords us limited protection, and if another party obtains orphan drug exclusivity for the drugs and indications we are targeting, we may be precluded from commercializing our product candidates in those indications.

For those drugs that meet the eligible requirements, we intend to seek orphan drug designation for the cancer indications that our drug candidates are intended to treat. Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may grant orphan drug designation to drugs intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is defined by the FDA as a disease or condition that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States. The company that obtains the first FDA approval for a designated orphan drug indication receives marketing exclusivity for use of that drug for that indication for a period of seven years. Orphan drug exclusive marketing rights may be lost if the FDA

 

27


Table of Contents

later determines that the request for designation was materially defective, or if the manufacturer is unable to assure sufficient quantity of the drug. Orphan drug designation does not shorten the development or regulatory review time of a drug.

Orphan drug exclusivity may not prevent other market entrants. A different drug, or, under limited circumstances, the same drug may be approved by the FDA for the same orphan indication. The limited circumstances include an inability to supply the drug in sufficient quantities or where a new formulation of the drug has shown superior safety or efficacy. As a result, if our product were to be approved and receive orphan drug status, the FDA could still approve other drugs for use in treating the same indication covered by our product, which could create a more competitive market for us.

Moreover, due to the uncertainties associated with developing pharmaceutical products, we may not be the first to obtain marketing approval for any orphan drug indication. Even if we obtain orphan drug designation, if a competitor obtains regulatory approval for TH-302 for the same indication we are targeting before we do, we would be blocked from obtaining approval for that indication for seven years, unless our product is a new formulation of the drug that has shown superior safety or efficacy, or the competitor is unable to supply sufficient quantities.

Even if we obtain regulatory approval, our marketed drugs will be subject to ongoing regulatory review. If we or Merck KGaA, fail to comply with continuing United States and foreign regulations, we or they could lose our approvals to market drugs and our business would be seriously harmed.

Following initial regulatory approval of any drugs we may develop, we and Merck KGaA will be subject to continuing regulatory review, including review of adverse drug experiences and clinical results that are reported after our drug products become commercially available. This would include results from any post-marketing tests or vigilance required as a condition of approval. The manufacturer and manufacturing facilities used to make any of our drug candidates will also be subject to periodic review and inspection by the FDA. If a previously unknown problem or problems with a product or a manufacturing and laboratory facility used by us is discovered, the FDA or foreign regulatory agency may impose restrictions on that product or on the manufacturing facility, including requiring us to withdraw the product from the market. Any changes to an approved product, including the way it is manufactured or promoted, often require FDA approval before the product, as modified, can be marketed. Manufacturers of our products, if approved, will be subject to ongoing FDA requirements for submission of safety and other post-market information. If such manufacturers fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, a regulatory agency may:

 

   

issue warning letters;

 

   

impose civil or criminal penalties;

 

   

suspend or withdraw our regulatory approval;

 

   

suspend or terminate any of our ongoing clinical trials;

 

   

refuse to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications filed by us;

 

   

impose restrictions on our operations;

 

   

close the facilities of our contract manufacturers;

 

   

seize or detain products or require a product recall, or

 

   

revise or restrict labeling and promotion.

The FDA and foreign regulatory authorities may impose significant restrictions on the indicated uses and marketing of pharmaceutical products.

FDA rules for pharmaceutical promotion require that a company not promote an unapproved drug or an approved drug for an unapproved use. In addition to FDA requirements, regulatory and law enforcement agencies, such as the United States Department of Health and Human Services’ Office of Inspector General and

 

28


Table of Contents

the United States Department of Justice, monitor and investigate pharmaceutical sales, marketing and other practices. For example, sales, marketing and scientific/educational grant programs must comply with the Medicare-Medicaid Anti-Fraud and Abuse Act, as amended, the False Claims Act, as amended, and similar state laws. In recent years, actions by companies’ sales forces and marketing departments have been scrutinized intensely to ensure, among other things, that actions by such groups do not qualify as “kickbacks” to healthcare professionals. A “kickback” refers to the provision of any item of value to a healthcare professional or other person in exchange for purchasing, recommending, or referring an individual for an item or service reimbursable by a federal healthcare program. These kickbacks increase the expenses of the federal healthcare program and may result in civil penalties, criminal prosecutions, and exclusion from participation in government programs, any of which would adversely affect our financial condition and business operations. In addition, even if we are not determined to have violated these laws, government investigations into these issues typically require the expenditure of significant resources and generate negative publicity, which would also harm our financial condition. Comparable laws also exist at the state level.

We are, and in the future may be, subject to new federal and state requirements to submit information on our open and completed clinical trials to public registries and databases.

In 1997, a public registry of open clinical trials involving drugs intended to treat serious or life-threatening diseases or conditions was established under the Food and Drug Administration Modernization Act, or FDMA, in order to promote public awareness of and access to these clinical trials. Under FDMA, pharmaceutical manufacturers and other clinical trial sponsors are required to post the general purpose of these clinical trials, as well as the eligibility criteria, location and contact information of the clinical trials. Since the establishment of this registry, there has been significant public debate focused on broadening the types of clinical trials included in this or other registries, as well as providing for public access to clinical trial results. A voluntary coalition of medical journal editors has adopted a resolution to publish results only from those clinical trials that have been registered with a no-cost, publicly accessible database, such as http://www.clinicaltrials.gov. The Pharmaceuticals and Research Manufacturers of America has also issued voluntary principles for its members to make results from certain clinical trials publicly available and has established a website for this purpose. Other groups have adopted or are considering similar proposals for clinical trial registration and the posting of clinical trial results. The state of Maine has enacted legislation, with penalty provisions, requiring the disclosure of results from clinical trials involving drugs marketed in the state, and similar legislation has been introduced in other states. Federal legislation was introduced in the fall of 2004 to expand http://www.clinicaltrials.gov and to require the inclusion of clinical trial results in this registry. In some states, such as New York, prosecutors have alleged that a lack of disclosure of clinical trial information constitutes fraud, and these allegations have resulted in settlements with pharmaceutical companies that include agreements to post clinical trial results. Our failure to comply with any clinical trial posting requirements could expose us to negative publicity, fines, and other penalties, all of which could materially harm our business.

We do not have a sales force and may not develop an effective one.

Our license and co-development agreement with Merck KGaA gives us the right, under certain circumstances, to co-promote or co-commercialize TH-302. We have no sales experience, and developing a sales force will require substantial expenditures. We may not be able to effectively recruit, train or retain sales personnel. We may not be able to effectively sell TH-302, if approved, and if we exercise our rights to do so, which could materially harm our business.

Risks Related to Our Financial Performance and Operations

We have incurred losses since our inception and anticipate that we will continue to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future, and our future profitability is uncertain.

We are a development stage company with a limited operating history and no current source of revenue from the commercial sales of our product candidates. We have incurred losses in each year since our inception in 2001, and we expect to incur losses for the foreseeable future. We have devoted, and will continue to devote for the foreseeable future, substantially all of our resources to research and development of our product candidates.

 

29


Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2011, we had a net loss of $25.7 million and our cumulative net loss since our inception through December 31, 2011 was $252.1 million. Clinical trials are costly. We do not expect to generate any revenue from the commercial sales of our product candidates in the near term, and we expect to continue to have significant losses for the foreseeable future.

To attain ongoing profitability, we will need to develop products successfully and market and sell them effectively. We cannot predict when we will achieve ongoing profitability, if at all. We have never generated revenue from the commercial sales of our product candidates, and there is no guarantee that we will be able to do so in the future. If we fail to become profitable, or if we are unable to fund our continuing losses, we would be unable to continue our research and development programs.

Our financial results are likely to fluctuate from period to period, making it difficult to evaluate our stock based on financial performance.

Our quarterly and annual results of operations are likely to fluctuate based on the timing of milestones and payments under our license and development agreement with Merck KGaA. We believe that period-to-period comparisons of our operating results should not be relied upon as predictive of future performance. Our prospects must be considered in light of the risks, expenses and difficulties encountered by companies with no approved pharmaceutical products, and with products that are undergoing clinical development.

We are likely to require substantial additional funding and may be unable to raise capital when needed, which could force us to delay, reduce or eliminate our drug discovery, product development and commercialization activities.

Developing drugs, conducting clinical trials, and commercializing products is expensive. Our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including:

 

   

the terms and timing of any collaborative, licensing, acquisition or other arrangements that we may establish;

 

   

the progress and cost of our clinical trials and other research and development activities;

 

   

the costs and timing of obtaining regulatory approvals;

 

   

the costs of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing any patent applications, claims, patents and other intellectual property rights;

 

   

the cost and timing of securing manufacturing capabilities for our clinical product candidates and commercial products, if any; and

 

   

the costs of lawsuits involving us or our product candidates.

We believe that our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities will be sufficient to fund the Company’s projected operating requirements for at least the next twelve months based upon current operating plans, milestone payment forecasts and spending assumptions. We expect that we will need to raise additional capital to in-license or otherwise acquire and develop additional products or programs. We expect to seek funds through additional arrangements with collaborators or others that may require us to relinquish rights to the products candidates that we might otherwise seek to develop or commercialize independently. We cannot be certain that we will be able to enter into any such arrangements on reasonable terms, if at all.

We may seek to raise capital through a variety of sources, including:

 

   

the public equity market;

 

   

private equity financing;

 

   

collaborative arrangements;

 

   

licensing arrangements; and/or

 

30


Table of Contents
   

public or private debt.

Our ability to raise additional funds will depend, in part on the outcome of our clinical trials and other clinical and regulatory events, as well as factors related to financial, economic, and market conditions, collaboration or license agreement with others and factors related to financial, economic and market conditions, many of which are beyond our control. We cannot be certain that sufficient funds will be available to us when required or on satisfactory terms, if at all. If adequate funds are not available, we may be required to significantly reduce or refocus our operations or to obtain funds through additional arrangements that may require us to relinquish rights to certain of our products, technologies or potential markets, any of which could delay or require that we curtail or eliminate some or all of our development programs or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we may have to delay, reduce the scope of or eliminate some of our research and development, which could delay the time to market for any of our product candidates, if adequate funds are not available.

If we are unable to secure additional financing on a timely basis or on terms favorable to us, we may be required to cease or reduce certain research and development projects, to sell some or all of our technology or assets or to merge all or a portion of our business with another entity. Insufficient funds may require us to delay, scale back, or eliminate some or all of our activities, and if we are unable to obtain additional funding, there is uncertainty regarding our continued existence.

Our success depends in part on retaining and motivating key personnel and, if we fail to do so, it may be more difficult for us to execute our business strategy. As a small organization we are dependent on key employees and may need to hire additional personnel to execute our business strategy successfully.

Our success depends on our continued ability to attract, retain and motivate highly qualified management, clinical and scientific personnel and on our ability to develop and maintain important relationships with leading academic institutions, clinicians and scientists. We are highly dependent upon our senior management and scientific staff, particularly our Chief Executive Officer, Dr. Harold E. Selick, and Senior Vice President of Discovery Research, Dr. Mark G. Matteucci. We do not have an employment agreement with Drs. Selick or Matteucci. The loss of the services of Drs. Selick or Matteucci or one or more of our other key employees could delay or have an impact on the successful completion of our clinical trials or the development of additional product candidates.

As of December 31, 2011, we had 31 employees. Our success will depend on our ability to retain and motivate remaining personnel and hire additional qualified personnel when required. Competition for qualified personnel in the biotechnology field is intense. We face competition for personnel from other biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies, universities, public and private research institutions and other organizations. We may not be able to attract and retain qualified personnel on acceptable terms given the competition for such personnel. If we are unsuccessful in our retention, motivation and recruitment efforts, we may be unable to execute our business strategy.

Our facilities in California are located near an earthquake fault, and an earthquake or other natural disaster or resource shortage could disrupt our operations.

Important documents and records, such as hard copies of our laboratory books and records for our product candidates, are located in our corporate headquarters at a single location in South San Francisco, California, near active earthquake zones. In the event of a natural disaster, such as an earthquake, drought or flood, or localized extended outages of critical utilities or transportation systems, we do not have a formal business continuity or disaster recovery plan, and could therefore experience a significant business interruption. In addition, California from time to time has experienced shortages of water, electric power and natural gas. Future shortages and conservation measures could disrupt our operations and could result in additional expense. Although we maintain business interruption insurance coverage, the policy specifically excludes coverage for earthquake and flood.

 

31


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Dependence on Third Parties

We rely on third parties to manufacture TH-302. If these parties do not manufacture the active pharmaceutical ingredients or finished drug products of satisfactory quality, in a timely manner, in sufficient quantities or at an acceptable cost, clinical development and commercialization of our product candidates could be delayed.

Under our license and co-development agreement with Merck KGaA, we are dependent on Merck for clinical and commercial supply of TH-302, except that for clinical trials for United States approval of TH-302 for soft tissue sarcoma and for any other clinical trials for which we are responsible. In the latter case, we can obtain clinical supply directly from existing or new suppliers. Neither we nor Merck, have entered into any long term manufacturing or supply agreement for TH-302 or for any of our other product candidates. Our current and anticipated future dependence upon others for the manufacture of our product candidates may adversely affect our ability to develop and commercialize any product candidates on a timely and competitive basis.

We need to have sufficient TH-302 API and drug product to meet the clinical supply demands of our clinical trials. Additional clinical trial material continues to be manufactured as required. We have ordered additional API and drug product; however, we have experienced delays in the receipt of satisfactory drug product, and additional delays in the receipt of satisfactory drug product could cause delays in our clinical trials, which would harm our business. In addition, we will need to obtain additional supplies of TH-302 API and drug product to complete our ongoing studies and any other additional trials. The need for additional supplies may require manufacturing process improvements in TH-302 API and drug product. Changes to the formulation of TH-302 for our clinical trials may also require bridging studies to demonstrate the comparability of the new formulation with the old. These studies may delay our clinical trials and may not be successful. If we are not successful in procuring sufficient TH-302 clinical trial material, we may experience a significant delay in our TH-302 clinical program.

Merck will need to enter into additional agreements for additional supplies of TH-302 to complete clinical development and/or commercialize it or develop such capability itself. We cannot be certain that Merck can do so on favorable terms, if at all. The products will need to satisfy all cGMP manufacturing requirements, including passing specifications. Merck’s inability to satisfy these requirements could delay our clinical programs.

If TH-302 or any of our other product candidates is approved by the FDA or other regulatory agencies for commercial sale, we or Merck as applicable, will need to have it manufactured in commercial quantities. It may not be possible to increase the manufacturing capacity for TH-302 or any of our other product candidates in a timely or economic manner successfully or at all. Significant scale-up of manufacturing may require additional validation studies, which the FDA and other regulatory agencies must review and approve. If Merck with respect to TH-302, or we with respect to our other product candidates, are unable to successfully increase the manufacturing capacity for such product candidate, the regulatory approval or commercial launch of that product candidate may be delayed, or there may be a shortage of supply which could limit sales.

In addition, if the facility or the equipment in the facility that produces our product candidates is significantly damaged or destroyed, or if the facility is located in another country and trade or commerce with such country is interrupted, we may be unable to replace the manufacturing capacity quickly or inexpensively. The inability to obtain manufacturing agreements, the damage or destruction of a facility on which we rely for manufacturing or any other delays in obtaining supply would delay or prevent us from completing our clinical trials and commercializing our current product candidates.

 

32


Table of Contents

We have no control over our manufacturers’ and suppliers’ compliance with manufacturing regulations, and their failure to comply could result in an interruption in the supply of our product candidates.

The facilities used by our contract manufacturers must undergo an inspection by the FDA for compliance with current good manufacturing practice, or cGMP regulations, before the respective product candidates can be approved. In the event these facilities do not receive a satisfactory cGMP inspection for the manufacture of our product candidates, we may need to fund additional modifications to our manufacturing process, conduct additional validation studies, or find alternative manufacturing facilities, any of which would result in significant cost to us as well as a delay of up to several years in obtaining approval for such product candidate. In addition, our contract manufacturers, and any alternative contract manufacturer we may utilize, will be subject to ongoing periodic inspection by the FDA and corresponding state and foreign agencies for compliance with cGMP regulations, similar foreign regulations and other regulatory standards. We do not have control over our contract manufacturers’ compliance with these regulations and standards. Any failure by our third-party manufacturers or suppliers to comply with applicable regulations could result in sanctions being imposed on them (including fines, injunctions and civil penalties), failure of regulatory authorities to grant marketing approval of our product candidates, delays, suspension or withdrawal of approvals, license revocation, seizures or recalls of product candidates or products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecution.

We rely on third parties to conduct some of our clinical trials, and their failure to perform their obligations in a timely or competent manner may delay development and commercialization of our product candidates.

We may use clinical research organizations to assist in conduct of our clinical trials. There are numerous alternative sources to provide these services. However, we may face delays outside of our control if these parties do not perform their obligations in a timely or competent fashion or if we are forced to change service providers. This risk is heightened for clinical trials conducted outside of the United States, where it may be more difficult to ensure that clinical trials are conducted in compliance with FDA requirements. Any third-party that we hire to conduct clinical trials may also provide services to our competitors, which could compromise the performance of their obligations to us. If we experience significant delays in the progress of our clinical trials and in our plans to file NDAs, the commercial prospects for product candidates could be harmed and our ability to generate product revenue would be delayed or prevented.

We are dependent on Eleison to develop and commercialize glufosfamide

We are dependent upon Eleison Pharmaceuticals, Inc., to whom we exclusively licensed glufosfamide in October 2009, to develop and commercialize glufosfamide. Any profit sharing or other payments to us under the Eleison license depend almost entirely upon the efforts of Eleison, which may not be able to raise sufficient funds to commence clinical development activities with glufosfamide. Even if Eleison is successful at raising initial funding, it may not be successful in developing and commercializing glufosfamide or raising sufficient funds for development and commercialization. We may also be asked to provide technical assistance related to the development of glufosfamide, which may divert our resources from other activities. If the Eleison license terminates in such a way that glufosfamide reverts to us and we seek alternative arrangements with one or more other parties to develop and commercialize glufosfamide, we may not be able to enter into such an agreement with another suitable third party or third parties on acceptable terms or at all.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

Hypoxia activated prodrug technology is not a platform technology broadly protected by patents, and others may be able to develop competitive drugs using this approach.

Although we have US and foreign issued patents that cover certain hypoxia-activated prodrugs, including TH-302, we have no issued patents or pending patent applications that would prevent others from taking advantage of hypoxia activated prodrug technology generally to discover and develop new therapies for cancer or other diseases. Consequently, our competitors may seek to discover and develop potential therapeutics that operate by mechanisms of action that are the same or similar to the mechanisms of action of our hypoxia activated prodrug product candidates.

 

33


Table of Contents

We are dependent on patents and proprietary technology. If we fail to adequately protect this intellectual property or if we otherwise do not have exclusivity for the marketing of our products, our ability to commercialize products could suffer.

Our commercial success will depend in part on our ability to obtain and maintain patent protection sufficient to prevent others from marketing our product candidates, as well as to defend and enforce these patents against infringement and to operate without infringing the proprietary rights of others. We will only be able to protect our product candidates from unauthorized use by third parties to the extent that valid and enforceable patents cover our product candidates or their manufacture or use or if they are effectively protected by trade secrets. If our patent applications do not result in issued patents, or if our patents are found to be invalid, we will lose the ability to exclude others from making, using or selling the inventions claimed therein. We have a limited number of patents and pending patent applications.

The patent positions of pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies can be highly uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions. No consistent policy regarding the breadth of claims allowed in biotechnology patents has emerged to date in the United States. The laws of many countries may not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as United States laws, and those countries may lack adequate rules and procedures for defending our intellectual property rights. Changes in either patent laws or in interpretations of patent laws in the United States and other countries may diminish the value of our intellectual property. We do not know whether any of our patent applications will result in the issuance of any patents and we cannot predict the breadth of claims that may be allowed in our patent applications or in the patent applications we may license from others.

The degree of future protection for our proprietary rights is uncertain because legal means afford only limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep our competitive advantage. For example:

 

   

we might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by each of our pending patent applications and issued patents, and we may have to participate in expensive and protracted interference proceedings to determine priority of invention;

 

   

we might not have been the first to file patent applications for these inventions;

 

   

others may independently develop identical, similar or alternative product candidates to any of our product candidates;

 

   

our pending patent applications may not result in issued patents;

 

   

our issued patents may not provide a basis for commercially viable products or may not provide us with any competitive advantages or may be challenged by third parties;

 

   

others may design around our patent claims to produce competitive products that fall outside the scope of our patents;

 

   

we may not develop additional patentable proprietary technologies related to our product candidates; or

 

   

the patents of others may prevent us from marketing one or more of our product candidates for one or more indications that may be valuable to our business strategy.

Moreover, an issued patent does not guarantee us the right to practice the patented technology or commercialize the patented product. Third parties may have blocking patents that could be used to prevent us from commercializing our patented products and practicing our patented technology. Our issued patents and those that may be issued in the future may be challenged, invalidated or circumvented, which could limit our ability to prevent competitors from marketing the same or related product candidates or could limit the length of the term of patent protection of our product candidates. In addition, the rights granted under any issued patents may not provide us with proprietary protection or competitive advantages against competitors with similar

 

34


Table of Contents

technology. Furthermore, our competitors may independently develop similar technologies. Moreover, because of the extensive time required for development, testing and regulatory review of a potential product, it is possible that, before any of our product candidates can be commercialized, any related patent may expire or remain in force for only a short period following commercialization, thereby reducing any advantage of the patent. Patent term extensions may not be available for these patents.

We rely on trade secrets and other forms of non-patent intellectual property protection. If we are unable to protect our trade secrets, other companies may be able to compete more effectively against us.

We rely on trade secrets to protect certain aspects of our technology, especially where we do not believe patent protection is appropriate or obtainable. However, trade secrets are difficult to protect, especially in the pharmaceutical industry, where much of the information about a product must be made public during the regulatory approval process. Although we use reasonable efforts to protect our trade secrets, our employees, consultants, contractors, outside scientific collaborators and other advisors may unintentionally or willfully disclose our information to competitors. Enforcing a claim that a third party illegally obtained and is using our trade secret information is expensive and time consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, courts outside the United States may be less willing to or may not protect trade secrets. Moreover, our competitors may independently develop equivalent knowledge, methods and know-how.

If we are sued for infringing intellectual property rights of third parties or if we are forced to engage in an interference proceeding, it will be costly and time consuming, and an unfavorable outcome in that litigation or interference would have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our ability to commercialize our product candidates depends on our ability to develop, manufacture, market and sell our product candidates without infringing the proprietary rights of third parties. Numerous United States and foreign patents and patent applications, which are owned by third parties, exist in the general field of cancer therapies or in fields that otherwise may relate to our product candidates. If we are shown to infringe, we could be enjoined from use or sale of the claimed invention if we are unable to prove that the patent is invalid. In addition, because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be currently pending patent applications, unknown to us, which may later result in issued patents that our product candidates may infringe, or which may trigger an interference proceeding regarding one of our owned or licensed patents or applications. There could also be existing patents of which we are not aware that our product candidates may inadvertently infringe or which may become involved in an interference proceeding.

The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are characterized by the existence of a large number of patents and frequent litigation based on allegations of patent infringement. For so long as our product candidates are in clinical trials, we believe our clinical activities fall within the scope of the exemptions provided by 35 U.S.C. Section 271(e) in the United States, which exempts from patent infringement liability activities reasonably related to the development and submission of information to the FDA. As our clinical investigational drug product candidates progress toward commercialization, the possibility of a patent infringement claim against us increases. While we attempt to ensure that our active clinical investigational drugs and the methods we employ to manufacture them, as well as the methods for their use we intend to promote, do not infringe other parties’ patents and other proprietary rights, we cannot be certain they do not, and competitors or other parties may assert that we infringe their proprietary rights in any event.

We may be exposed to future litigation based on claims that our product candidates, or the methods we employ to manufacture them, or the uses for which we intend to promote them, infringe the intellectual property rights of others. Our ability to manufacture and commercialize our product candidates may depend on our ability to demonstrate that the manufacturing processes we employ and the use of our product candidates do not infringe third-party patents. If third-party patents were found to cover our product candidates or their use or manufacture, we could be required to pay damages or be enjoined and therefore unable to commercialize our product candidates, unless we obtained a license. A license may not be available to us on acceptable terms, if at all.

 

35


Table of Contents

Risks Related To Our Industry

If our competitors are able to develop and market products that are more effective, safer or more affordable than ours, or obtain marketing approval before we do, our commercial opportunities may be limited.

Competition in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries is intense and continues to increase, particularly in the area of cancer treatment. Most major pharmaceutical companies and many biotechnology companies are aggressively pursuing oncology development programs, including traditional therapies and therapies with novel mechanisms of action. Our cancer product candidates face competition from established biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies, including sanofi-aventis, AstraZeneca PLC, Genentech, Inc., Bayer Corporation, Eli Lilly and Company and Pfizer, Inc. and from generic pharmaceutical manufacturers. In particular, our drug candidates for pancreatic cancer will compete with Gemzar, marketed by Eli Lilly and Company, doxorubicin, cisplatin, paclitaxel, ifosfamide, and 5-flurouracil, or 5-FU, a generic product which is sold by many manufacturers. In addition, several drugs marketed for different indications, such as Camptosar ® , marketed by Pfizer, Inc., Erbitux ® , marketed by Imclone Systems Inc. and Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, Taxotere ® , marketed by sanofi-aventis, DTIC-Dome ® , marketed by Bayer Pharmaceuticals Corporation, Xeloda ® , marketed by Hoffmann-LaRoche, Inc., Avastin ® , marketed by Genentech, Inc., Nexavar ® , marketed by Onyx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Bayer AG, and Alimta ® , marketed by Eli Lilly and Company, are under investigation or have completed investigation as combination therapies or monotherapy for pancreatic, prostate, ovarian, non small cell lung and small cell lung cancers, melanoma and soft tissue sarcoma. Additionally OSI Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Genentech, Inc. market Tarceva ® as a combination therapy with gemcitabine for the first-line treatment of pancreatic cancer. In addition, Proacta Inc. has a compound under clinical investigation that targets the hypoxic zones of tumors, as our TH-302 clinical product candidate is intended to do. Novacea has conducted studies on AQ4N and sanofi-aventis recently completed a Phase 3 clinical trial on Tirapazamine, a hypoxically activated prodrug, and while Novacea has stopped current clinical development of AQ4N and sanofi-aventis has released rights to the compound to the innovator SRI, another company may pursue further clinical development of either compound. Celgene Corporation is conducting clinical trials of Abraxene ® as a combination therapy for first-line treatment of pancreatic cancer. ZIOPHARM Oncology Inc. is conducting clinical trials of a compound as a combination therapy for first-line treatment of advanced soft tissue sarcoma.

We also face potential competition from academic institutions, government agencies and private and public research institutions engaged in the discovery and development of drugs and therapies. Many of our competitors have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approvals, manufacturing, sales and marketing than we do. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established pharmaceutical companies.

Our competitors may succeed in developing products that are more effective, have fewer side effects and are safer or more affordable than our product candidates, which would render our product candidates less competitive or noncompetitive. These competitors also compete with us to recruit and retain qualified scientific and management personnel, establish clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials, as well as to acquire technologies and technology licenses complementary to our programs or advantageous to our business. Moreover, competitors that are able to achieve patent protection obtain regulatory approvals and commence commercial sales of their products before we do, and competitors that have already done so, may enjoy a significant competitive advantage.

 

36


Table of Contents

There is a substantial risk of product liability claims in our business. If we do not obtain sufficient liability insurance, a product liability claim could result in substantial liabilities.

Our business exposes us to significant potential product liability risks that are inherent in the development, manufacturing and marketing of human therapeutic products. Regardless of merit or eventual outcome, product liability claims may result in:

 

   

delay or failure to complete our clinical trials;

 

   

withdrawal of clinical trial participants;

 

   

decreased demand for our product candidates;

 

   

injury to our reputation;

 

   

litigation costs;

 

   

substantial monetary awards against us; and

 

   

diversion of management or other resources from key aspects of our operations.

If we succeed in marketing products, product liability claims could result in an FDA investigation of the safety or efficacy of our products, our manufacturing processes and facilities or our marketing programs. An FDA investigation could also potentially lead to a recall of our products or more serious enforcement actions, or limitations on the indications, for which they may be used, or suspension or withdrawal of approval.

We have product liability insurance that covers our clinical trials up to a $5 million annual aggregate limit. We intend to expand our insurance coverage to include the sale of commercial products if marketing approval is obtained for our product candidates or any other compound that we may develop. However, insurance coverage is expensive and we may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or at all, and the insurance coverage that we obtain may not be adequate to cover potential claims or losses.

Even if we receive regulatory approval to market our product candidates, the market may not be receptive to our product candidates upon their commercial introduction, which would negatively affect our ability to achieve profitability.

Our product candidates may not gain market acceptance among physicians, patients, healthcare payors and the medical community. The degree of market acceptance of any approved products will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

   

the effectiveness of the product;

 

   

the prevalence and severity of any side effects;

 

   

potential advantages or disadvantages over alternative treatments;

 

   

relative convenience and ease of administration;

 

   

the strength of marketing and distribution support;

 

   

the price of the product, both in absolute terms and relative to alternative treatments; and

 

   

sufficient third-party coverage or reimbursement.

If our product candidates receive regulatory approval but do not achieve an adequate level of acceptance by physicians, healthcare payors and patients, we may not generate product revenues sufficient to attain profitability.

If third-party payors do not adequately reimburse patients for any of our product candidates, if approved for marketing, we may not be successful in selling them.

Our ability to commercialize any products successfully will depend in part on the extent to which reimbursement will be available from governmental and other third-party payors, both in the United States and in

 

37


Table of Contents

foreign markets. Even if we succeed in bringing one or more products to the market, the amount reimbursed for our products may be insufficient to allow us to compete effectively and could adversely affect our profitability.

Reimbursement by a governmental and other third-party payor may depend upon a number of factors, including a governmental or other third-party payor’s determination that use of a product is:

 

   

a covered benefit under its health plan;

 

   

safe, effective and medically necessary;

 

   

appropriate for the specific patient;

 

   

cost-effective; and

 

   

neither experimental nor investigational.

Obtaining reimbursement approval for a product from each third-party and governmental payor is a time-consuming and costly process that could require us to provide supporting scientific, clinical and cost-effectiveness data for the use of our products to each payor. We may not be able to provide data sufficient to obtain reimbursement.

Eligibility for coverage does not imply that any drug product will be reimbursed in all cases or at a rate that allows us to make a profit. Interim payments for new products, if applicable, may also not be sufficient to cover our costs and may not become permanent. Reimbursement rates may vary according to the use of the drug and the clinical setting in which it is used, may be based on payments allowed for lower-cost drugs that are already reimbursed, may be incorporated into existing payments for other products or services and may reflect budgetary constraints and/or Medicare or Medicaid data used to calculate these rates. Net prices for products also may be reduced by mandatory discounts or rebates required by government health care programs or by any future relaxation of laws that restrict imports of certain medical products from countries where they may be sold at lower prices than in the United States.

The health care industry is experiencing a trend toward containing or reducing costs through various means, including lowering reimbursement rates, limiting therapeutic class coverage and negotiating reduced payment schedules with service providers for drug products. The Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003, or MMA, became law in November 2003 and created a broader prescription drug benefit for Medicare beneficiaries. The MMA also contains provisions intended to reduce or eliminate delays in the introduction of generic drug competition at the end of patent or nonpatent market exclusivity. The impact of the MMA on drug prices and new drug utilization over the next several years is unknown. The MMA also made adjustments to the physician fee schedule and the measure by which prescription drugs are presently paid, changing from Average Wholesale Price to Average Sales Price. The effects of these changes are unknown but may include decreased utilization of new medicines in physician prescribing patterns, and further pressure on drug company sponsors to provide discount programs and reimbursement support programs. There have been, and we expect that there will continue to be, federal and state proposals to constrain expenditures for medical products and services, which may affect reimbursement levels for our future products. In addition, the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services frequently change product descriptors, coverage policies, product and service codes, payment methodologies and reimbursement values. Third-party payors often follow Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own reimbursement rates and may have sufficient market power to demand significant price reductions.

Foreign governments tend to impose strict price controls, which may adversely affect our future profitability.

In some foreign countries, particularly in the European Union, prescription drug pricing is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after the receipt of marketing approval for a product. To obtain reimbursement or pricing

 

38


Table of Contents

approval in some countries, we may be required to conduct a clinical trial that compares the cost-effectiveness of our product candidate to other available therapies. If reimbursement of our products is unavailable or limited in scope or amount, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, our profitability will be negatively affected.

We may incur significant costs complying with environmental laws and regulations, and failure to comply with these laws and regulations could expose us to significant liabilities.

Our research and development activities use biological and hazardous materials that are dangerous to human health and safety or the environment. We are subject to a variety of federal, state and local laws and regulations governing the use, generation, manufacture, storage, handling and disposal of these materials and wastes resulting from these materials. We are also subject to regulation by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, or OSHA, the California and federal environmental protection agencies and to regulation under the Toxic Substances Control Act. OSHA or the California or federal Environmental Protection Agency, or EPA, may adopt regulations that may affect our research and development programs. We are unable to predict whether any agency will adopt any regulations that could have a material adverse effect on our operations. We have incurred, and will continue to incur, capital and operating expenditures and other costs in the ordinary course of our business in complying with these laws and regulations.

Although we believe our safety procedures for handling and disposing of these materials comply with federal, state and local laws and regulations, we cannot entirely eliminate the risk of accidental injury or contamination from the use, storage, handling or disposal of hazardous materials. In the event of contamination or injury, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could significantly exceed our insurance coverage.

Risks Related To Our Common Stock

A significant number of shares of our common stock are subject to issuance upon exercise of outstanding warrants, which upon such exercise would result in dilution to our security holders.

On March 16, 2011, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 5,725,227 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $2.46 per share. On October 5, 2009, we issued outstanding warrants to purchase an aggregate of 7,329,819 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $2.23 per share, which exercise price was subsequently reduced to $2.05 per share on March 16, 2011 under the anti-dilution provisions of the warrants as a result of our March 2011 registered offering of common stock and warrants. In addition, on August 29, 2008, we issued outstanding warrants to purchase an aggregate of 3,588,221 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $2.34 per share, which exercise price was subsequently reduced to $1.86 per share on October 5, 2009 under the anti-dilution provisions of the warrants as a result of our October 2009 private placement. The exercise price and/or the number of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances, including certain issuances of securities at a price equal to less than the then current exercise price (which could result from, for example, sales under our at market issuance sales agreement dated October 29, 2010), subdivisions and stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, reorganizations, reclassifications, consolidations, mergers or sales of properties and assets and upon the issuance of certain assets or securities to holders of our common stock, as applicable. Although we cannot determine at this time which of these warrants will ultimately be exercised, it is reasonable to assume that such warrants will be exercised only if the exercise price is below the market price of our common stock. To the extent the warrants are exercised, additional shares of our common stock will be issued that will be eligible for resale in the public market, which will result in dilution to our security holders. The issuance of additional securities could also have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.

The price of our common stock has been and may continue to be volatile.

The stock markets in general, the markets for biotechnology stocks and, in particular, the stock price of our common stock, have experienced extreme volatility.

 

39


Table of Contents

Price declines in our common stock could result from general market and economic conditions and a variety of other factors, including:

 

   

adverse results or delays in our clinical trials;

 

   

announcements of FDA non-approval of our product candidates, or delays in the FDA or other foreign regulatory agency review process;

 

   

our or Merck’s failure to meet milestones that would have given rise to payments under our agreement with Merck;

 

   

announcements by Merck related to the development of TH-302 or announcements related to our agreement with Merck;

 

   

adverse actions taken by regulatory agencies with respect to our product candidates, clinical trials, manufacturing processes or sales and marketing activities;

 

   

announcements of technological innovations, patents or new products by our competitors;

 

   

regulatory developments in the United States and foreign countries;

 

   

any lawsuit involving us or our product candidates;

 

   

announcements concerning our competitors, or the biotechnology or pharmaceutical industries in general;

 

   

developments concerning any strategic alliances or acquisitions we may enter into;

 

   

actual or anticipated variations in our operating results;

 

   

changes in recommendations by securities analysts or lack of analyst coverage;

 

   

deviations in our operating results from the estimates of analysts;

 

   

sales of our common stock by our executive officers, directors and five percent stockholders or sales of substantial amounts of common stock; and

 

   

loss of any of our key scientific or management personnel.

In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a particular company’s securities, litigation has often been brought against that company. Any such lawsuit could consume resources and management time and attention, which could adversely affect our business.

If our officers, directors and largest stockholders choose to act together, they may be able to control our management and operations, acting in their best interests and not necessarily those of other stockholders.

As of December 31, 2011, our officers, directors and other affiliates beneficially owned approximately 15.9% of our outstanding common stock. As a result, these stockholders, acting together, will be able to significantly influence all matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors and the approval of mergers or other business combination transactions. The interests of this group of stockholders may not always coincide with the interests of other stockholders, and they may act in a manner that advances their best interests and not necessarily those of other stockholders.

Our certificate of incorporation, our bylaws and Delaware law contain provisions that could discourage another company from acquiring us and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

Provisions of Delaware law, where we are incorporated, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that stockholders may consider favorable, including

 

40


Table of Contents

transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares. In addition, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace or remove our board of directors. These provisions include:

 

   

authorizing the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock without any need for action by stockholders;

 

   

providing for a classified board of directors with staggered terms;

 

   

requiring supermajority stockholder voting to effect certain amendments to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws;

 

   

eliminating the ability of stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders;

 

   

prohibiting stockholder action by written consent; and

 

   

establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted on by stockholders at stockholder meetings.

In addition, in August 2006, our board of directors adopted a preferred shares rights agreement, the provisions of which could make it more difficult for a potential acquirer to consummate a transaction without the approval of our board of directors.

We have never paid dividends on our common stock, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be our stockholders’ sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.

We may not maintain the listing of our common stock on the NASDAQ Capital Market.

Our ability to raise additional capital may be dependent upon our stock being quoted on the NASDAQ Capital Market. Previously, we had fallen out of compliance with continued listing requirements because our common stock did not comply with the $1.00 minimum bid price requirement for continued listing set forth in NASDAQ Marketplace Rule 5450(a)(1) (formerly Rule 4450(a)(5)). To regain compliance, effective August 20, 2008, we implemented a 1-for-6 reverse stock split of our common stock. After that date, our common stock traded above the minimum $1.00 bid price for at least ten consecutive business days and on September 5, 2008, the NASDAQ Stock Market notified us that we had regained compliance with the minimum bid price requirements. Even though we regained compliance with the minimum bid price, we cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain compliance with the minimum bid price requirement or other listing requirements in the future, and our failure to do so could result in the delisting of our shares from the NASDAQ Capital Market.

 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

In July 2011, we entered into a noncancelable facility sublease agreement for 28,180 square feet of laboratory space and office space located in South San Francisco, California, which serves as our new corporate headquarters. The lease began on October 1, 2011 and will expire on April 30, 2017. We had previously subleased approximately 67,905 square feet of laboratory and office space in Redwood City, California under an agreement that terminated in September 2011. We lease an additional 6,489 square feet of laboratory space in Redwood City, California under an agreement that originally terminated on February 2010. On November 17,

 

41


Table of Contents

2009, we extended the term of the lease agreement to expire in August 2012. We believe these facilities are suitable and adequate for our current needs and that adequate facilities will be available to support our needs following termination of our existing leases.

 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

None.

 

ITEM 4. MINE AND SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable

 

42


Table of Contents

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our common stock has been traded on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “THLD” since August 20, 2008 and the NASDAQ Global Market from February 4, 2005 to August 19, 2008. Prior to that time there was no public market for our stock. The following table lists quarterly information on the price range of our common stock based on the high and low reported sale prices for our common stock as reported by the NASDAQ Capital Market and the NASDAQ Global Market for the periods indicated below, respectively. These prices do not include retail markups, markdowns or commissions.

 

     High      Low  

Year Ended December 31, 2011:

     

First Quarter

   $ 3.34       $ 1.32   

Second Quarter

   $ 2.21       $ 1.40   

Third Quarter

   $ 2.22       $ 1.20   

Fourth Quarter

   $ 1.81       $ 1.18   

Year Ended December 31, 2010:

     

First Quarter

   $ 2.43       $ 1.65   

Second Quarter

   $ 2.15       $ 1.20   

Third Quarter

   $ 1.83       $ 0.98   

Fourth Quarter

   $ 1.48       $ 1.07   

We estimate that there were approximately 104 holders of record of our common stock as of February 29, 2011.

Dividends

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to fund the development and expansion of our business, and therefore we do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, restrictions contained in future financing instruments and other factors our board of directors deems relevant.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

None .

Use of Proceeds From Sale of Registered Securities

None

 

43


Table of Contents

Equity Compensation Plans

The following table provides certain information with respect to all of our equity compensation plans in effect as of December 31, 2011:

 

     Number of
securities to
be issued upon
exercise of
outstanding
options
     Weighted-
average
exercise price of
outstanding
options
     Number of securities
remaining available
for future issuance  under
equity compensation plans (1)(2)
 

Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders

     3,672,179       $ 1.45         1,431,602   

Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     3,672,179       $ 1.45         1,431,602   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes 353,818 shares of common stock issuable under our 2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
(2) On January 1, 2011, and annually thereafter, the authorized shares for the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan is automatically increased by a number of shares equal to the lesser of:
   

5% of the number of our shares issued and outstanding prior to the preceding December 31;

   

1,250,000 shares; or

   

an amount determined by our board of directors.

 

44


Table of Contents
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

We are a development stage company. The following selected statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 and balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 have been derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The following selected statement of operations data for years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, and balance sheet data as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 are derived from our financial statements not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The selected financial data set forth below have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and should be read together with our financial statements and the related notes to those financial statements, as well as “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In August 2008, our Board of Directors approved a 1-for-6 reverse split of its common stock, effective August 20, 2008. Accordingly, all references to common shares of stock and net loss per common share have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the reverse split.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  
     (In thousands, except per share data)  

Revenue

   $ 62     $ —        $ —        $ 1,440      $ 1,436   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development (1)

     24,388        18,937        15,844        13,440        23,375   

General and administrative (1)

     5,710        4,971        5,480        6,734        10,411   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     30,098        23,908        21,324        20,174        33,786   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (30,036     (23,908     (21,324     (18,734     (32,350

Interest income (expense), net

     25        60        (13     442        1,686   

Other income (expense), net

     4,358        5,166        (2,311     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

     (25,653     (18,682     (23,648     (18,292     (30,664
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share:

          

Basic and diluted

   $ (0.56   $ (0.56   $ (1.21   $ (1.97   $ (4.97
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares used in net loss per common share calculations:

          

Basic and diluted

     45, 900        33,654        19,594        9,275        6,176   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1) Includes employee and non-employee non-cash   stock-based compensation of:

          

Research and development

   $ 471      $ 381      $ 1,003      $ 1,504      $ 2,413   

General and administrative

   $ 568      $ 422      $ 1,208      $ 1,748      $ 3,496   

 

     As of December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009      2008      2007  
     (In thousands)  

Balance Sheet Data:

              

Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities

   $ 20,290       $ 14,699       $ 37,315       $ 22,337       $ 22,693   

Working capital

     11,953         12,129         34,783         20,292         17,884   

Total assets

     22,436         16,204         48,685         24,531         25,814   

Notes payable, less current portion

     —           —           —           —           337   

Total liabilities

     17,953         11,261         26,028         3,117         6,227   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     —           —           —           —           —     

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     4,483         4,943         22,657         21,414         19,587   

 

45


Table of Contents
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion may contain forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties, including those set forth under the heading “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our actual results and the timing of selected events discussed below could differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, these forward-looking statements.

Overview

We are a biotechnology company focused on the discovery and development of drugs targeting the microenvironment of solid tumors and the bone marrows of some hematologic malignancies (blood cancers) as novel treatments for patients living with cancer. The microenvironment of these tissues is characterized by, among other things, hypoxia or lack of oxygen. This hypoxic environment is known to be resistant to standard chemotherapy and radiation. It is thought to be responsible for the poor prognosis of patients with solid tumors and hematological malignancies and treating the hypoxic environment is currently believed to be a significant unmet medical need. Our hypoxia activated prodrug (“HAP”) product candidates, including TH-302, are designed to specifically target the hypoxic microenvironment of tumors by selective activation of the prodrug to release a potent cytotoxin. Our focus is on product candidates for the treatment of patients with cancer. Our clinical development efforts are currently focused on TH-302, for which we entered a license and co-development agreement with Merck KGaA for worldwide development and commercialization. TH-302, which we discovered, is a novel drug candidate that is activated under severe hypoxic conditions and was designed to specifically target the severe hypoxic regions that are believed to be present in all solid tumors and hematologic malignancies.

TH-302 is currently in Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3 clinical trials. The development plan for TH-302 is designed to investigate the efficacy and safety across a broad range of solid tumors and hematologic malignancies. We reported updated top-line results from the initial Phase 1 monotherapy trial of TH-302 (401 trial) including indication specific data in patients with metastatic melanoma and small-cell lung cancer (SCLC). We have also reported results from each of four Phase 1/2 combination therapy investigations of a chemotherapy agent plus TH-302 in solid tumors involving combining TH-302 with doxorubicin, gemcitabine, docetaxel and pemetrexed. We have also reported results from our clinical study of TH-302 in patients with advanced leukemias (407 trial) and initiated a clinical study of TH-302 in patients with multiple myeloma (408 trial). In addition, investigations have been initiated to explore the combination of TH-302 with anti-angiogenic therapies including a Phase 1/2 dose escalation clinical trial of TH-302 in combination with sunitinib (Sutent ® ) in patients with advanced renal cell carcinoma or gastrointestinal stromal tumors (410 trial) and physician initiated clinical trial of TH-302 administered either in combination with bevacizumab (Avastin ® ) in patients with recurrent high grade astrocytoma including glioblastoma or in combination with pazopanib (Votrient ® ) in patients with solid tumors.

In January 2011, we reported updated top-line results from our Phase 1/2 combination clinical trial in patients with first-line pancreatic cancer treated with gemcitabine plus TH-302 (402 trial). In June of 2010 we initiated a randomized, controlled Phase 2b trial of TH-302 in combination with gemcitabine in patients with first-line pancreatic cancer (404 trial). The study completed enrollment in June of 2011. In February of 2012 we reported top-line results from this randomized Phase 2b trial. The median progression-free survival (PFS) was 5.6 months for patients treated with gemcitabine in combination with TH-302 at 240 mg/m2 and 340 mg/m2 compared to 3.6 months for patients treated with gemcitabine alone. The PFS hazard ratio comparing the TH-302 combination to gemcitabine alone was 0.61 (95% confidence interval: 0.43—0.87) which was highly statistically significant (p = 0.005) and represented a 63% improvement in PFS. The response rate in the combination arms was 22% compared to 12% in the gemcitabine alone group. Results also demonstrated greater efficacy in the higher TH-302 dose group compared to the lower dose group. The combination was well tolerated with a safety profile

 

46


Table of Contents

that was consistent with our prior study of this combination regimen. As in that study, skin and mucosal toxicities related to TH-302 were dose dependent but not dose limiting. We expect to provide detailed results from this trial in second quarter of 2012 as well as updated top-line results, including overall survival in the second half of 2012.

During 2011, we presented updated top-line results from our Phase 1/2 combination therapy in patients with soft tissue sarcoma treated with doxorubicin plus TH-302 at the maximum tolerated dose of 300 mg/m 2 (403 trial). In February 2011, we reached agreement with the FDA on the design and planned analysis of a pivotal Phase 3 trial in patients with soft tissue sarcoma (406 trial). As part of the Special Protocol Assessment (SPA) submission, the FDA agreed that the design and planned analysis of the proposed Phase 3 trial adequately addresses the objectives necessary to support a regulatory submission. We initiated the pivotal Phase 3 trial in September of 2011 and expect to provide an update on the interim analysis which will be conducted by an Independent Data Monitoring Committee (IDMC) in the beginning of 2013.

We are working to broaden the applicability of TH-302 to other cancers and in combination with other approved anti-cancer drugs as well as to discover additional hypoxia activated prodrugs that will selectively target cancer cells.

We are a development stage company incorporated in October 2001. We have devoted substantially all of our resources to research and development of our product candidates. We have not generated any revenue from the commercial sales of our product candidates, and prior to our initial public offering in February 2005, we funded our operations through the private placement of equity securities. In February 2005, we completed our initial public offering that raised net proceeds of $38.1 million, and in October 2005, we completed an offering of common stock that raised net proceeds of $62.4 million. In August 2008, we completed an offering of common stock and warrants that raised net proceeds of $16.8 million. In October 2009, we completed an offering of common stock and warrants that raised net proceeds of $33.1 million. In March 2011, we completed an offering of common stock and warrants that raised net proceeds of approximately $27.8 million, which includes underwriter discounts and offering costs. During the year ended December 31, 2011 we raised net proceeds of $2.3 million through the sale of common stock pursuant to our at the market stock issuance facility. As of December 31, 2011 we had cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities of $20.3 million. Our net loss for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $25.7 million and our cumulative net loss since our inception through December 31, 2011 was $252.1 million.

We expect to continue to devote substantial resources to research and development in future periods as we complete our current clinical trials, start additional clinical trials and continue our discovery efforts. Research and development expenses are expected to increase in 2011 compared to 2010 due to the continued execution of existing clinical trials and beginning of new clinical trials. We believe that our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities will be sufficient to fund our projected operating requirements for at least the next twelve months based upon current operating plans, milestone payment forecasts and spending assumptions. We expect that we will need to raise additional capital to in-license or otherwise acquire and develop additional products or programs. We intend to seek funds through additional arrangements with collaborators or others that may require us to relinquish rights to certain product candidates that we might otherwise seek to develop or commercialize independently. Research and development expenses may fluctuate significantly from period to period as a result of the progress and results of our clinical trials.

Revenue

We have not generated any revenue from the commercial sales of our product candidates since our inception and do not expect to generate any revenue from the commercial sales of our product candidates in the near term. In 2011, we recognized $0.1 million in revenue in connection with our 2009 agreement with Eleison Pharmaceuticals (“Eleison”) for the development of glufosfamide, which represents our 50% share of an upfront payment from a sublicense by Eleison.

 

47


Table of Contents

From 2004 to 2008, we recognized $5.0 million in revenue related to the upfront payment received in connection with a 2004 agreement with MediBIC for the development of glufosfamide in Japan and several other Asian countries. The payment was contingent upon the finalization of the clinical development plan, which occurred in July 2005. Revenue has been recognized on a straight-line basis over the estimated development period, through December 31, 2008. In 2009, the Company had no further responsibilities for development activities under this agreement and in May 2009, the Company dissolved the Joint Development Committee (“JDC”) comprising MediBIC and us. No payments were made by either party as a result of the dissolution of the JDC.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses consist primarily of costs of conducting clinical trials, salaries and related costs for personnel including non-cash stock-based compensation, costs of clinical materials, costs for research projects and preclinical studies, costs related to regulatory filings, and facility costs. Contracting and consulting expenses are a significant component of our research and development expenses as we rely on consultants and contractors in many of these areas. We recognize expenses as they are incurred. Our accruals for expenses associated with preclinical and clinical studies and contracts associated with clinical materials are based upon the terms of the service contracts, the amount of services provided and the status of the activities. We expect annual research and development expenses will increase in the future as we progress with larger clinical trials. From inception through December 31, 2011, we incurred an aggregate of $203.0 million on research and development expenses, including non-cash stock-based compensation expense.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and related costs for our personnel in the executive, finance, patent, accounting and other administrative functions, including non-cash stock-based compensation, as well as consulting costs for functions for which we either do not staff or only partially staff, including public relations, market research and recruiting. Other costs include professional fees for legal and accounting services, insurance and facility costs. From inception through December 31, 2011, we incurred an aggregate of $69.2 million on general and administrative expenses, including non-cash stock-based compensation expense.

Stock-Based Compensation

We recognize stock-based compensation in accordance with the fair value provisions of Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) 718, “Compensation—Stock Compensation” , using the modified prospective transition method, except for options granted prior to our initial public offering in February 2005, for which the fair value was determined for disclosure purposes using the minimum value method. Refer to the discussion of accounting treatment of stock based compensation below under Critical Accounting Policies .

Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

Revenue

For the year ended December 31, 2011, we recognized $0.1 million in revenue related to our 2009 agreement with Eleison for the development of glufosfamide, which represents our 50% share of an upfront payment from a sublicense by Eleison. For the year ended December 31, 2010, no revenue was recognized.

We expect revenue to increase in 2012 compared to 2011 due to, in February 2012, our entering into a global license and co-development agreement with Merck KGaA, of Darmstadt, Germany, to co-develop and commercialize TH-302, our small molecule hypoxia-targeted drug.

 

48


Table of Contents

Research and Development

Research and development expenses were $24.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $18.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The $5.5 million increase in expenses is due to a $4.8 million increase in clinical and development expenses, $0.4 million in higher staffing expenses and $0.4 million in higher consulting expenses. These increases were partially offset by a $0.2 million decrease in facilities expenses. In addition, stock-based compensation expense increased by $0.1 million.

 

Research and development expenses by project (in thousands)

   Years ended December 31,  
   2011      2010      2009  

TH-302

   $ 20,692       $ 16,159       $ 11,086   

Discovery research

     3,696         2,778         4,315   

Glufosfamide

     —           —           246   

2DG*

     —           —           197   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total research and development expenses

   $ 24,388       $ 18,937       $ 15,844   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* We discontinued development activities for 2DG in 2009.

Research and development expenses associated with our internally discovered compound TH-302 were $20.7 million for 2011, $16.2 million for 2010 and $11.1 million for 2009. The increase of $4.5 in 2011was due primarily to an increase in $4.7 million in clinical and manufacturing costs, $0.3 million increase in consulting costs, partially offset by a decrease in employee related expenses of $0.5 million. The increase of $5.1 million in 2010 was primarily due to $3.8 million in clinical and manufacturing expenses, $1.0 million in employee related expenses and $0.3 million in consulting expenses. TH-302 continues to progress through the 406 trial, the 404 trial and the 403 trial. The 403 and 404 trials were expanded and enrollment of patients was completed in the second quarter of 2011. In October 2011, we reported updated top-line results for the 403 trial and we reported top-line results for the 404 trial in February 2012. Enrollment in the 407 trial was completed in fourth quarter of 2011, and top-line results were presented in the fourth quarter of 2011.

Discovery research and development expenses were $3.7 million in 2011, $2.8 million for 2010 and $4.3 million for 2009. We continue to focus our efforts towards discovering and developing new drug candidates from our hypoxia activated prodrug platform.

Due to our exclusive licensing development and commercialization of glufosfamide to Eleison Pharmaceutical, Inc. in October 2009, we did not incur significant research and development expenses associated with glufosfamide since then. We incurred no significant expenses related to 2DG since 2009 as we are not currently planning or conducting further additional clinical trials of 2DG.

We expect to continue to devote substantial resources to research and development in future periods as we complete our current clinical trials, start additional clinical trials and continue our discovery efforts. Research and development expenses are expected to increase in 2012 compared to 2011 due to the continued execution of existing clinical trials and start of new clinical trials.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses were $5.7 million for 2011, compared to $5.0 million for 2010. The $0.7 million increase reflects a $0.6 million in higher staffing and facilities expenses, as well as a $0.1 million increase in stock-based compensation.

We currently expect our general and administrative expenses to increase in 2012 compared to 2011 due to increased staffing to support our collaboration with Merck KGaA and the continued development of TH-302.

 

49


Table of Contents

Interest Income (Expense), Net

Interest income (expense) net for 2011 was $25,000 of interest income compared to $60,000 of net interest income for 2010. The decrease in net interest income was primarily due to the lower interest received on investments during 2011 than the prior year.

Other Income (Expense)

Other income (expense) for 2011 was non-cash income of $4.4 million compared to non-cash income of $5.2 million, for 2010. The non cash income for 2011 compared to the non cash income for 2010 was due to the decrease during 2011 in the fair value of outstanding warrants to purchase 16.6 million shares of common stock warrants. ASC 815 “Derivatives and Hedging” requires that stock warrants with certain terms need to be accounted for as a liability with changes to their fair value recognized in the consolidated statement of operations.

Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2009

Revenue

For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, no revenue was recognized.

Research and Development

Research and development expenses were $18.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to $15.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The $3.1 million increase in expenses is due to a $3.6 million increase in clinical and development expenses, $0.6 million in higher staffing expenses and $0.1 million in higher consulting expenses. These increases were partially offset by a $0.5 million cash grant and a $0.2 million decrease in facilities expenses. In addition, stock-based compensation expense decreased by $0.6 million primarily due to lower valuations for 2010 stock option grants resulting from a lower stock price.

Research and development expenses associated with our internally discovered compound TH-302 were $16.2 million for 2010 and $11.1 million for 2009. The increase of $5.1 million was primarily due to $3.8 million in clinical and manufacturing expenses, $1.0 million in employee related expenses and $0.3 million in consulting expenses. TH-302 continues to progress through the 401 trial, the 402 trial and the 403 trial. Enrollment in the 401 and the 402 trials was completed in the second quarter of 2010. The 403 trial was expanded and is expected to continue to enroll patients. In addition, in June 2010 the Company initiated a Phase 2b randomized controlled combination therapy clinical trial in patients with first-line pancreatic cancer and a Phase 1 monotherapy clinical trial in patients with advanced leukemias.

Discovery research and development expenses were $2.8 million for 2010 compared to $4.3 million for 2009. We continue to focus our efforts towards discovering and developing new drug candidates from our hypoxia activated prodrug platform.

Due to our exclusive licensing development and commercialization of glufosfamide to Eleison Pharmaceutical, Inc. in October 2009, we did not incur significant research and development expenses associated with glufosfamide for 2010. We incurred no significant expenses related to 2DG for the 2010 as we are not currently planning or conducting further additional clinical trials of 2DG.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses were $5.0 million for 2010, compared to $5.5 million for 2009. The $0.5 million decrease reflects a $0.8 million decrease in stock-based compensation, partially offset by $0.3 million in higher staffing and facilities expenses.

 

50


Table of Contents

Interest Income (Expense), Net

Interest income (expense) net for 2010 was $0.1 million of interest income compared to $13,000 of net interest expense for 2009. The increase in net interest income was primarily due to the $0.1 million in interest expense related to notes payable that were repaid in 2009.

Other Income (Expense)

Other income (expense) for 2010 was non-cash income of $5.2 million compared to non-cash expense of $2.3 million, for 2009. The non cash income for 2010 compared to the non cash expense for 2009 was due to the decline during 2010 in the fair value of outstanding warrants to purchase 10.9 million shares of common stock warrants. ASC 815 “Derivatives and Hedging” requires that stock warrants with certain terms need to be accounted for as a liability with changes to their fair value recognized in the consolidated statement of operations.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We have incurred net losses of $252.1 million since inception through December 31, 2011. We have not generated and do not expect to generate revenue from sales of product candidates in the near term. From inception until our initial public offering in February 2005, we funded our operations primarily through private placements of our preferred stock. In February 2005, we completed our initial public offering of 1,018,768 shares of common stock, raising net proceeds of $38.1 million. In October 2005, we completed a public offering of 1,066,537 shares of our common stock for net proceeds of $62.4 million. On August 29, 2008, we sold to certain investors an aggregate of 8,970,574 shares of our common stock and warrants exercisable for a total of 3,588,221 shares of our common stock raising net proceeds of $16.8 million. On October 5, 2009, we sold to certain investors an aggregate of 18,324,599 shares of our common stock and warrants exercisable for a total of 7,329,819 shares of our common stock for aggregate net proceeds of $33.1 million.

During the year ended December 31, 2011 we sold 971,037 shares of our common stock at an average price of $2.66 pursuant to our at the market stock issuance facility, for net proceeds of $2.3 million. In March 2011, we sold to certain investors an aggregate of 14,313,081 shares of our common stock for a purchase price equal to $2.05 per share and, for a purchase price equal to $0.05 per share, warrants exercisable for a total of 5,725,227 shares of our common stock for aggregate gross proceeds equal to $30.1 million in connection with the offering. The warrants have an exercise price equal to $2.46 per share. Net proceeds generated from the offering were approximately $27.8 million, which includes underwriter discounts and offering costs.

We had cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities of $20.3 million and $14.7 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, available to fund operations.

Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $23.9 million, $22.4 million and 17.8 million respectively. The increase of $1.5 million in cash used in operations in 2011 compared to 2010 was primarily attributable to an increase in research and development spending associated with TH-302. The increase of $4.6 million in cash used in operations in 2010 compared to 2009 was primarily attributable to an increase in research and development spending associated with TH-302.

Net cash used in investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2011 was $9.2 million, primarily due to purchases of marketable securities of $28.2 million, offset by maturities of investments of $19.5 million. Net cash provided by investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $22.1 million, primarily due to proceeds from sales and maturities of marketable securities of $37.4 million, offset by purchases of investments of $15.2 million. Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $21.5 million, primarily due to purchases of marketable securities of $35.0 million, offset by proceeds from sales and maturities of investments of $13.5 million.

 

51


Table of Contents

Net cash provided by financing activities for year ended December 31, 2011 was $30.2 million and primarily due to the approximately $27.8 million of net proceeds from our March 2011 registered direct offering and $2.3 million net proceeds from equity issuances pursuant to our at the market stock issuance facility. Net cash provided by financing activities was $6,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010, due to proceeds from the sale of stock under our equity incentive plans, partially offset by deferred offering costs. Net cash provided by financing activities was $32.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, reflecting the $33.1 million net proceeds from the sale of our common stock in October 2009, offset by repayments of notes payable totaling $0.3 for the year.

We believe that our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities will be sufficient to fund our projected operating requirements for at least the next twelve months based upon current operating plans, milestone payment forecasts and spending assumptions. We expect that we will need to raise additional capital to in-license or otherwise acquire and develop additional products or programs. We intend to seek funds through additional arrangements with collaborators or others that may require us to relinquish rights to certain product candidates that we might otherwise seek to develop or commercialize independently.

We may seek to raise capital through a variety of sources, including:

 

   

the public equity market;

 

   

private equity financing;

 

   

collaborative arrangements;

 

   

licensing arrangements; and/or

 

   

public or private debt.

Our ability to raise additional funds will depend on the outcome of our clinical trials and other clinical and regulatory events as well as factors related to financial, economic, and market conditions, many of which are beyond our control. We cannot be certain that sufficient funds will be available to us when required or on satisfactory terms. If adequate funds are not available, we may be required to significantly reduce or refocus our operations or to obtain funds through additional arrangements that may require us to relinquish rights to certain of our products, technologies or potential markets, any of which could delay or require that we curtail our development programs or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. To the extent that additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of such securities would result in ownership dilution to our existing stockholders.

In addition, our ability to raise additional capital may be dependent upon our stock being quoted on the NASDAQ Capital Market. If we are unable to secure additional financing on a timely basis or on terms favorable to us, we may be required to cease or reduce certain research and development projects, to sell some or all of our technology or assets or to merge all or a portion of our business with another entity. Insufficient funds may require us to delay, scale back, or eliminate some or all of our activities, and if we are unable to obtain additional funding, there is uncertainty regarding our continued existence.

Obligations and Commitments

We lease certain of our facilities under noncancelable leases, which qualify for operating lease accounting treatment under ASC 840, “Leases,” and, as such, these facilities are not included on our consolidated balance sheets. In July 2011, we entered into a noncancelable facility sublease agreement for 28,180 square feet of laboratory space and office space located in South San Francisco, California, which serves as our new corporate headquarters. The lease began on October 1, 2011 and will expire on April 30, 2017. The aggregate rent for the term of the lease is approximately $3.4 million. In addition, the lease requires us to pay certain taxes, assessments, fees and other costs associated with the premises, in amounts yet to be determined. We will also be responsible for the costs of certain tenant improvements associated with the leased space. In connection with the execution of the lease we paid a security deposit of approximately $60,000.

 

52


Table of Contents

Our major outstanding contractual obligations consist of amounts due under our operating lease agreements and purchase commitments under contract research, development and clinical supply agreements. Contractual obligations and related scheduled payments as of December 31, 2011 are as follows (in thousands):

 

     One to three
years (2012
to 2014)
     Four to five
years  (2015 to
2016)
     After five
Years
     Total  

Facilities leases

   $ 1,849       $ 1,354       $ 235       $ 3,438   

Purchase commitments

     1,637         —           —           1,637   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,486       $ 1,354       $ 235       $ 5,075   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At the Market Stock Issuance Facility

On October 29, 2010, we entered into an at market issuance sales agreement, or sales agreement, with MLV & Co., LLC, formerly McNicoll, Lewis & Vlak LLC (“ MLV ”), pursuant to which we may issue and sell shares of our common stock having an aggregate offering price of up to $15.0 million from time to time through MLV as our sales agent. Sales of our common stock through MLV will be made on The NASDAQ Capital Market, on any other existing trading market for our common stock, to or through a market maker or as otherwise agreed by MLV and us. Subject to the terms and conditions of the sales agreement, MLV will use commercially reasonable efforts to sell our common stock from time to time, based upon our instructions (including any price, time or size limits or other customary parameters or conditions we may impose). We will pay MLV an aggregate commission rate of 3.0% of the gross proceeds of the sales price per share of any common stock sold under the sales agreement. Under certain circumstances, sales of the stock under the at market issuances sales agreement could result in an adjustment to the exercise price of certain of our outstanding warrants. The number of shares we are able to sell under this arrangement will be limited in practice based on the trading volume of our common stock. As of December 31, 2010 we had not sold any stock pursuant to the sales agreement. For the year ended December 31, 2011, we sold an aggregate of 971,037 shares of our common stock at an average price of $2.66 pursuant to the sales agreement. Net proceeds from the sale of stock were $2.3 million. The sales of the stock did not result in an adjustment to the exercise price of certain of our outstanding warrants. Pursuant to an amendment to the at the market issuance sales agreement and a prospectus supplement we filed on January 20, 2012, pursuant to a new registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, we may sell shares of our common stock having an aggregate offering price of up to $15.0 million from time to time through MLV as our sales agent on the terms and conditions described above. During February 2012, we sold 1,614,598 shares of our common stock at an average price of $6.10 pursuant to the sales agreement. Net proceeds from the sale of stock were $9.5 million. The sale of stock did not result in an adjustment to the exercise price of certain of our outstanding warrants.

License and Development Agreements

On February 2, 2012, we entered into a global license and co-development agreement with Merck KGaA, of Darmstadt, Germany, to co-develop and commercialize TH-302, our small molecule hypoxia-targeted drug. Under the terms of the agreement, Merck will receive co-development rights, exclusive global commercialization rights and will provide us an option to co-commercialize TH-302 in the United States. In exchange, we will receive an upfront payment of $25 million and could receive another $35 million in additional development milestones that are independent of continued development of TH-302 in pancreatic cancer during 2012. We are also eligible to receive a $20 million milestone payment based on positive results from its randomized Phase 2 trial in pancreatic cancer. Total potential milestone payments are $525 million, comprised of $280 million in regulatory and development milestones and $245 million in sales-based milestones.

In the United States, we will have primary responsibility for development of TH-302 in the soft tissue sarcoma indication. We with Merck KGaA will jointly develop TH-302 in all other cancer indications being pursued. Merck KGaA will pay 70% of worldwide development costs for TH-302. Subject to FDA approval in

 

53


Table of Contents

the United States, Merck KGaA will initially be responsible for commercialization of TH-302 while we will receive a tiered, double-digit royalty on sales. Under the royalty-bearing portion of the agreement, we retain the option to co-promote TH-302 in the United States. Additionally, we retain the option to co-commercialize TH-302 upon the achievement of certain sales and regulatory milestones, allowing us to participate in up to 50% of the profits in the United States depending on total sales. Outside of the United States, Merck KGaA will be solely responsible for the commercialization of TH-302 while we will receive a tiered, double-digit royalty on sales in these territories.

The agreement became effective on March 12, 2012, upon termination of the applicable waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976. The agreement will continue on a country-by-country basis until the later of the last to expire patent covering TH-302 in such country or ten years following the commercial launch of a product containing TH-302 in such country, unless terminated earlier. Merck has the right to terminate the agreement after the achievement of certain milestones, and each party has the right to terminate the agreement following uncured material breach by the other party.

On October 14, 2009, we entered into an exclusive license agreement with Eleison Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (“Eleison”). Pursuant to the agreement we granted Eleison exclusive worldwide rights to develop and commercialize glufosfamide for the treatment of cancer in humans and animals, and certain other uses. Under the agreement, Eleison is responsible for the development, manufacturing and marketing of glufosfamide. Eleison and Threshold will share equally in the profits of commercialization, if the further clinical development of glufosfamide leads to regulatory approval and marketing.

Eleison will pay us 50% of its profits from commercialization on a quarterly basis, beginning on the date of first commercial sale, if any. Eleison has the right to sublicense some or all of its rights under the agreement, and will pay us 50% of amounts received under any sublicenses, including, without limitation, any royalty payments, license fee payments, milestone payments and payments for any equity or debt purchases by a sublicensee, within 30 days of the receipt of any such amounts or payments by Eleison. Eleison will bear all costs associated with development, commercialization and patent prosecution, and will control product development and commercialization. In addition, Eleison will be responsible for all royalty and milestone payments due under the Baxter license and MediBIC development agreement discussed below. The agreement contemplates that Eleison, to satisfy its diligence obligations, will raise sufficient funds to commence clinical development activities with glufosfamide.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. In addition, we do not engage in trading activities involving non-exchange traded contracts. Therefore, we are not materially exposed to any financing, liquidity, market or credit risk that could arise if we had engaged in these relationships.

Income Taxes

We incurred net operating losses for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 and, accordingly, we did not pay any federal or state income taxes. As of December 31, 2011, we had accumulated approximately $95 million in both federal and state net operating loss carryforwards to reduce future taxable income. If not utilized, our federal and state net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2021 and 2011 for federal and state tax purposes, respectively. Our net operating loss carryforwards are subject to certain limitations on annual utilization in case of changes in ownership, as defined by federal and state tax laws.

At December 31, 2011, we had research credit carryforwards of approximately $1.7 million and $3.5 million for federal California state income tax purposes, respectively. If not utilized the federal carryforward will expire

 

54


Table of Contents

in 2022. During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company wrote down its deferred tax assets related to net operating loss carryforwards and tax credits that are expected to expire before utilization due to the annual limitation.

We have not recorded a benefit from our net operating loss or research credit carryforwards because we believe that it is uncertain that we will have sufficient income from future operations to realize the carryforwards prior to their expiration. Accordingly, we have established a valuation allowance against the deferred tax asset arising from the carryforwards.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and expenses and related disclosures. We review our estimates on an ongoing basis. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. While our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in the notes to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we believe the following accounting policies to be critical to the judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock options and stock purchase rights related to our equity incentive plans under the provisions of ASC 718 which requires the recognition of the fair value of stock-based compensation. The fair value of stock options and ESPP shares was estimated using a Black-Scholes option valuation model. This model requires the input of subjective assumptions in implementing ASC 718 including expected stock price volatility, expected life and estimated forfeitures of each award. The fair value of equity-based awards is amortized over the vesting period of the award, and we have elected to use the straight-line method of amortization. Due to the limited amount of historical data available to us, particularly with respect to stock-price volatility, employee exercise patterns and forfeitures, actual results could differ from our assumptions.

We account for equity instruments issued to non-employees in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718 and ASC 505, “Equity.” As a result, the non-cash charge to operations for non-employee options with vesting or other performance criteria is affected each reporting period by changes in the estimated fair value of our common stock, as the underlying equity instruments vest. The two factors which most affect these changes are the price of the common stock underlying stock options for which stock-based compensation is recorded and the volatility of the stock price. If our estimates of the fair value of these equity instruments change, it would have the effect of changing compensation expenses.

Fair Value of Warrants

Prior to January 1, 2009, common stock warrants were recorded in stockholders equity in accordance with ASC 815, “Derivatives and Hedging” and ASC 825, “Financial instruments.” However in June 2008, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued new guidance now codified in ASC 815 that clarifies the determination of whether an instrument (or an embedded feature) is indexed to an entity’s own stock, which would qualify for classification as a liability. The new guidance was effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The adoption of the new guidance on January 1, 2009, resulted in the reclassification of our outstanding warrants from stockholders’ equity to liability and a cumulative effect of change in accounting principle on our deficit accumulated during development stage of $0.5 million. In addition, the stock warrants are required to be fair valued at each reporting period, with the changes in fair value

 

55


Table of Contents

recognized in our consolidated statement of operations. We fair value the warrants using a Black Scholes valuation model. Since the outstanding common stock warrants are fair valued at the end of each reporting period, any change in the underlying assumptions to the Black Scholes valuation model, including the volatility and price of our common stock, may have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Preclinical and Clinical Trial Accruals

Most of our preclinical and clinical trials are performed by third party contract research organizations, or CROs, and clinical supplies are manufactured by contract manufacturing organizations, or CMOs. Invoicing from these third parties may be monthly based upon services performed or based upon milestones achieved. We accrue these expenses based upon our assessment of the status of each clinical trial and the work completed, and upon information obtained from the CROs and CMOs. Our estimates are dependent upon the timeliness and accuracy of data provided by the CROs and CMOs regarding the status and cost of the studies, and may not match the actual services performed by the organizations. This could result in adjustments to our research and development expenses in future periods or restatement of prior periods. To date we have had no significant adjustments.

Marketable Securities

We classify all of our marketable securities as available-for-sale. We carry these investments at fair value, based upon the levels of inputs described below, and unrealized gains and losses are included in accumulated other comprehensive income which is reflected as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. The amortized cost of securities in this category is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretions of discounts to maturity. Such amortization is included in interest income. Realized gains and losses are recorded in our statement of operations. If we believe that an other-than-temporary decline exists, it is our policy to record a write-down to reduce the investments to fair value and record the related charge as a reduction of interest income.

We adopted ASC 820, (“Fair Value and Measurements, ) in the first quarter of 2008. ASC 820 defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. ASC 820 also establishes a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1 —Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 —Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. Our short-term investments primarily utilize broker quotes in a non-active market for valuation of these securities.

Level 3 —Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

ASC 820 requires us to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. If a financial instrument uses inputs that fall in different levels of the hierarchy, the instrument will be categorized based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value calculation. Our financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis include securities available for sale. Securities available for sale include money market funds, government securities, commercial paper and corporate bonds.

 

56


Table of Contents

Accounting for Income Taxes

Our income tax policy records the estimated future tax effects of temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and amounts reported in the accompanying balance sheets, as well as operating loss and tax credit carry forwards. We have recorded a full valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets, as based on available objective evidence; it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In the event that we were to determine that we would be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the future, an adjustment to the deferred tax assets would result in an income tax benefit in the period such determination is made.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-04, Financial Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs (“ASU 2011-04”). ASU 2011-04 provides a consistent definition of fair value and aligns the fair value measurement and disclosure requirements between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). ASU 2011-04 clarifies the application of certain existing fair value measurement guidance and expands the disclosures for fair value measurements that are estimated using significant unobservable (Level 3) inputs. This ASU will be effective for our first quarter of 2012 and should be applied prospectively. Early adoption is not permitted. We do not expect our adoption of ASU 2011-04 to have a material impact to our consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income . ASU 2011-05 requires an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. ASU 2011-05 eliminates the option to present other comprehensive income as part of the statement of stockholders’ equity. This ASU will be effective for our first quarter of 2012 and should be applied retrospectively. Early adoption is permitted. We do not expect our adoption of ASU 2011-05 to have a material impact to the consolidated financial statements.

 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISKS

Interest Rate Risk . Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates to our cash equivalents on deposit in highly liquid money market funds and investments in short-term marketable securities. The primary objective of our cash investment activities is to preserve principal while at the same time maximizing the income we receive from our invested cash without significantly increasing risk of loss. We invest in high-quality financial instruments, which currently have weighted average maturity of less than one year. We do not use derivative financial instruments in our investment portfolio. Our cash and investments policy emphasizes liquidity and preservation of principal over other portfolio considerations. Our investment portfolio is subject to interest rate risk and will fall in value if market interest rates rise. However, due to the short duration of our investment portfolio we believe an increase in the interest rates of one percentage point would not be material to our financial condition or results of operations.

In addition, we do not have any material exposure to foreign currency rate fluctuations as we operate primarily in the United States. Although we conduct some clinical and safety studies, and manufacture some active pharmaceutical product with vendors outside the United States, most of our transactions are denominated in U.S. dollars.

 

57


Table of Contents
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

THRESHOLD PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

(A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     59   

Report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     60   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     61   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     62   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

     63   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     67   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     68   

 

58


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Threshold Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (a development stage enterprise) as of December 31, 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for the year then ended, and for the period from October 17, 2001 (inception) through December 31, 2011. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2010 and for the period from October 17, 2001 (inception) through December 31, 2010, were audited by other auditors whose report dated March 24, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion on those statements. The financial statements for the period from October 17, 2001 (inception) through December 31, 2010 include total revenues and net loss of $5,027,000 and $225,943,000, respectively. Our opinion on the consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for the period October 17, 2001 (inception) through December 31, 2011, insofar as it relates to amounts for prior periods through December 31, 2010, is based solely on the report of other auditors.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, based on our audit and the report of other auditors, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Threshold Pharmaceuticals, Inc., at December 31, 2011, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended and the period from October 17, 2001 (inception) through December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Jose, California

March 15, 2012

 

59


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Threshold Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

(a development stage enterprise)

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the related consolidated statements of operations, of stockholders’ equity (deficit) and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Threshold Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and its subsidiary (the “Company”) (a development stage enterprise) at December 31, 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2010 and cumulatively for the period from October 17, 2001 (date of inception) to December 31, 2010 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As discussed in Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for common stock warrants effective January 1, 2009.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California

March 24, 2011

 

60


Table of Contents

THRESHOLD PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

(A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  

ASSETS

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 5,882      $ 8,691   

Marketable securities

     14,408        6,008   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     254        473   

Restricted cash

     —          471   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     20,544        15,643   

Property and equipment, net

     543        271   

Other assets

     1,349        290   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 22,436      $ 16,204   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 2,389      $ 252   

Accrued clinical and development expenses

     4,465        2,439   

Accrued liabilities

     1,737        823   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     8,591        3,514   

Warrant liability

     9,209        7,499   

Deferred rent

     153        248   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     17,953        11,261   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)

    

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value:

    

Authorized: 2,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding.

     —          —     

Common stock, $0.001 par value:

    

Authorized: 150,000,000 shares at December 31, 2011 and 2010; Issued and outstanding: 49,128,475 and 33,702,242 shares at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

     49        34   

Additional paid-in capital

     256,563        231,383   

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

     (1     1   

Deficit accumulated during the development stage

     (252,128     (226,475
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     4,483        4,943   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 22,436      $ 16,204   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

61


Table of Contents

THRESHOLD PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

(A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Cumulative
Period from
October 17,
2001 (date of
inception) to
December 31,
2011
 
     2011     2010     2009    

Revenue

   $ 62     $ —        $ —        $ 5,089   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

     24,388        18,937        15,844        203,035   

General and administrative

     5,710        4,971        5,480        69,207   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     30,098        23,908        21,324        272,242   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (30,036     (23,908     (21,324     (267,153

Interest income (expense), net

     25        60        (13     8,344   

Other income (expense), net

     4,358        5,166        (2,311     7,213   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (25,653     (18,682     (23,648     (251,596

Dividend related to beneficial conversion feature of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     —          —          —          (40,862
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (25,653   $ (18,682   $ (23,648   $ (292,458
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share:

        

Basic and diluted

   $ (0.56   $ (0.56   $ (1.21  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Weighted average number of shares used in net loss per common share calculations:

        

Basic and diluted

     45,900        33,654        19,594     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

62


Table of Contents

THRESHOLD PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

(A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

FOR THE PERIOD

FROM OCTOBER 17, 2001 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO DECEMBER 31, 2011

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Deferred
Stock-Based
Compensation
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Deficit
Accumulated
During the
Development
Stage
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
(Deficit)
 
    Shares     Amount            

Issuance of restricted common stock to a founder and member of the Board of Directors in
October 2001 for cash at $0.12 per share

    25,300      $ —        $ 2      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 2   

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          (236     (236
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances, December 31, 2001

    25,300        —          2        —          —          (236     (234

Issuance of restricted common stock to a member
of the Board of Directors for cash at $0.96 per share in January 2002

    3,795        —          4        —          —          —          4   

Issuance of common stock pursuant to exercise of stock options for cash at $0.96 per share

    405        —          —          —          —          —          —     

Deferred stock-based compensation

    —          —          25        (25     —          —          —     

Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation

    —          —          —          1        —          —          1   

Non-employee stock-based compensation

    —          —          21        —          —          —          21   

Components of other comprehensive income (loss):

             

Unrealized loss on marketable securities

    —          —          —          —          (1     —          (1

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          (2,458     (2,458
             

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

                (2,459
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances, December 31, 2002

    29,500        —          52        (24     (1     (2,694     (2,667

Issuance of common stock pursuant to exercise
of stock options for cash at $0.96 per share

    1,285        —          1        —          —          —          1   

Issuance of a warrant to purchase Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock

    —          —          44        —          —          —          44   

Beneficial conversion feature related to issuance
of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock

    —          —          40,862        —          —          —          40,862   

Deemed dividend related to beneficial conversion feature of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock

    —          —          (40,862     —          —          —          (40,862

Deferred stock-based compensation, net of cancellations

    —          —          2,332        (2,332     —          —          —     

Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation

    —          —          —          810        —          —          810   

Non-employee stock-based compensation

    —          —          256        —          —          —          256   

Components of other comprehensive income (loss):

             

Change in unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities

    —          —          —          —          164        —          164   

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          (8,303     (8,303
             

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

                (8,139
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances, December 31, 2003

    30,785        —          2,685        (1,546     163        (10,997     (9,695

Issuance of common stock pursuant to exercise
of stock options for cash

    586,385        —          878        —          —          —          878   

Deferred stock-based compensation, net of cancellations

    —          —          20,385        (20,385     —          —          —     

Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation

    —          —          —          5,294        —          —          5,294   

Non-employee stock-based compensation

    —          —          681        —          —          —          681   

Repurchase of unvested common stock

    (2,073     —          (6     —          —          —          (6

 

63


Table of Contents

THRESHOLD PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

(A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)—(Continued)

FOR THE PERIOD

FROM OCTOBER 17, 2001 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO DECEMBER 31, 2011

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Deferred
Stock-Based
Compensation
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Deficit
Accumulated
During the
Development
Stage
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
(Deficit)
 
    Shares     Amount            

Components of other comprehensive income (loss):

             

Change in unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities

    —          —          —          —          (59     —          (59

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          (23,566     (23,566
             

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

                (23,625
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances, December 31, 2004

    615,097        —          24,623        (16,637     104        (34,563     (26,473

Issuance of common stock in an initial public offering for cash of $42.00, per share, net of issuance costs of $4.6 million

    1,018,768        1        38,134        —          —          —          38,135   

Issuance of common stock for cash of $62.76 per share, net of issuance costs of $4.5 million

    1,066,537        1        62,394        —          —          —          62,395   

Issuance of common stock pursuant to exercise of warrants

    3,211        —          —          —          —          —          —     

Conversion of convertible preferred stock upon initial public offering

    3,425,468        4        49,835        —          —          —          49,839   

Issuance of common stock pursuant to
stock plans

    84,772        —          557        —          —          —          557   

Deferred stock-based compensation, net of cancellations

    —          —          3,321        (3,321     —          —          —     

Reversal of deferred stock-based compensation related to employee terminations

    —          —          (2,862     2,862        —          —          —     

Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation

    —          —          (416     5,740        —          —          5,324   

Non-employee stock-based compensation

    —          —          4,097        —          —          —          4,097   

Repurchase of unvested common stock

    (8,591     —          (18     —          —          —          (18

Components of other comprehensive income (loss):

             

Change in unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities

    —          —          —          —          (80     —          (80

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          (44,408     (44,408
             

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

                (44,488
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances, December 31, 2005

    6,205,262        6        179,665        (11,356     24        (78,971     89,368   

Issuance of common stock pursuant to
stock plans

    46,144        —          518        —          —          —          518   

Reversal of deferred stock-based compensation related to employee terminations

    —          —          (2,970     2,970        —          —          —     

Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation

    —          —          —          4,411        —          —          4,411   

Stock-based compensation

    —          —          5,738        —          —          —          5,738   

Repurchase of unvested common stock

    (27,091     —          (80     —          —          —          (80

Components of other comprehensive income (loss):

             

Change in unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities

    —          —          —          —          (31     —          (31

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          (55,686     (55,686
             

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

                (55,717
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances, December 31, 2006

    6,224,315      $ 6      $ 182,871      $ (3,975   $ (7   $ (134,657   $ 44,238   

 

64


Table of Contents

THRESHOLD PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

(A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)—(Continued)

FOR THE PERIOD

FROM OCTOBER 17, 2001 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO DECEMBER 31, 2011

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Deferred
Stock-Based
Compensation
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Deficit
Accumulated
During the
Development
Stage
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
(Deficit)
 
    Shares     Amount            

Issuance of common stock pursuant to
stock plans

    20,151        —          128        —          —          —          128   

Reversal of deferred stock-based compensation related to employee terminations

    —          —          (304     304        —          —          —     

Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation

    —          —          —          2,837        —          —          2,837   

Stock-based compensation

    —          —          3,072        —          —          —          3,072   

Repurchase of unvested common stock

    (16,410     —          (34     —          —          —          (34

Components of other comprehensive income (loss):

             

Change in unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities

    —          —          —          —          10        —          10   

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          (30,664     (30,664
             

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

                (30,654
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances, December 31, 2007

    6,228,056        6        185,733        (834     3        (165,321     19,587   

Issuance of common stock and warrants to certain investors, net of issuance costs of $1.5 million

    8,970,574        9        16,812        —          —          —          16,821   

Issuance of common stock pursuant to stock plans

    15,461        —          30        —          —          —          30   

Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation

    —          —          —          828        —          —          828   

Stock-based compensation

    —          —          2,424        —          —          —          2,424   

Repurchase of unvested common stock

    (47     —          —          —          —          —          —     

Components of other comprehensive income (loss):

             

Change in unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities

    —          —          —          —          16        —          16   

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          (18,292     (18,292
             

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

                (18,276
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances, December 31, 2008

    15,214,044        15        204,999        (6     19        (183,613     21,414   

Issuance of common stock to certain investors, net of issuance costs of $1.9 million

    18,324,599        18        23,210        —          —          —          23,228   

Issuance of common stock pursuant to stock plans

    25,027        —          27        —          —          —          27   

Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation

    —          —          —          6        —          —          6   

Stock-based compensation

    —          —          2,205        —          —          —          2,205   

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

    —          —          —          —          —          (532     (532

Components of other comprehensive income (loss):

             

Change in unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities

    —          —          —          —          (43     —          (43

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          (23,648     (23,648
             

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

                (23,691
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances, December 31, 2009

    33,563,670      $ 33      $ 230,441      $ —        $ (24   $ (207,793   $ 22,657   

Issuance of common stock pursuant to stock plans

    138,572        1        139        —          —          —          140   

 

65


Table of Contents

THRESHOLD PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

(A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)—(Continued)

FOR THE PERIOD

FROM OCTOBER 17, 2001 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO DECEMBER 31, 2011

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Deferred
Stock-Based
Compensation
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Deficit
Accumulated
During the
Development
Stage
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
(Deficit)
 
    Shares     Amount            

Stock-based compensation

    —          —          803        —          —          —          803   

Components of other comprehensive income (loss):

             

Change in unrealized gain on marketable securities

    —          —          —          —          25        —          25   

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          (18,682     (18,682
             

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

                (18,657
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances, December 31, 2010

    33,702,242      $ 34      $ 231,383      $ —        $ 1      $ (226,475   $ 4,943   

Issuance of common stock to certain investors, net of issuance costs of $2.5 million

    15,284,118        15        23,992        —          —          —          24,007   

Issuance of common stock pursuant to stock plans

    142,115        —          149        —          —          —          149   

Stock-based compensation

    —          —          1,039        —          —          —          1,039   

Components of other comprehensive income (loss):

             

Change in unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities

    —          —          —          —          (2     —          (2

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          (25,653     (25,653
             

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

                (26,655
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances, December 31, 2011

    49,128,475      $ 49      $ 256,563      $   —        $ (1   $ (252,128   $ 4,483   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

66


Table of Contents

THRESHOLD PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

(A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

    Years Ended
December 31,
    Cumulative
Period from
October 17,
2001 (date of
inception) to
December 31,
2011
 
    2011     2010     2009    

Cash flows from operating activities:

       

Net loss

  $ (25,653   $ (18,682   $ (23,648   $ (251,596

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

       

Depreciation and amortization

    525        509        597        5,361   

Stock-based compensation expense

    1,039        803        2,211        39,847   

Change in common stock warrant value

    (4,358     (5,166     2,311        (7,213

Amortization of debt issuance costs

    —          —          —          44   

(Gain) loss on sale of investments, property and equipment

    (17     —          —          (44

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

       

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (369     (247     161        (998

Accounts payable

    2,137        (32     (556     2,389   

Accrued clinical and development expenses

    2,026        821        1,074        4,465   

Accrued liabilities

    914        (149     130        1,737   

Deferred rent

    (95     (241     (65     153   

Deferred revenue

    —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

    (23,851     (22,384     (17,785     (205,855
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

       

Acquisition of property and equipment

    (528     (108     (22     (5,624

Acquisition of marketable securities

    (28,154     (15,223     (34,961     (223,947

Proceeds from sales and maturities of marketable securities

    19,500        37,454        13,496        209,302   

Restricted cash

      12        —          (471
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    (9,182     22,135        (21,487     (20,740
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

       

Proceeds from redeemable convertible preferred stock, net

    —          —          —          49,839   

Proceeds from issuance of common stock and warrants, net of offering expenses

    30,224        140        33,077        182,772   

Deferred offering costs

    —          (134 )     —          (134

Proceeds from issuance of notes payable

    —          —          —          3,616   

Repayment of notes payable

    —          —          (337     (3,616
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    30,224        6        32,740        232,477   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    (2,809     (243     (6,532     5,882   

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

    8,691        8,934        15,466        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $ 5,882      $ 8,691      $ 8,934      $ 5,882   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures:

       

Cash paid for interest

  $ —        $ —        $ 110      $ 560   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

       

Cumulative change in accounting principle

  $ —        $ —        $ 532      $ 532   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred stock-based compensation

  $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 19,511   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

  $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 49,839   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in unrealized gain (loss) in marketable securities

  $ (2   $ 25      $ (43   $ (1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant

  $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 44   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dividend related to beneficial conversion feature of redeemable convertible preferred stock

  $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 40,862   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

67


Table of Contents

THRESHOLD PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

(A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Description of Operations and Basis of Presentation

Threshold Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the “Company”) was incorporated in the State of Delaware on October 17, 2001. The Company is a biotechnology company focused on the discovery and development of drugs targeting the microenvironment of solid tumors.

In June 2005, the Company formed a wholly-owned subsidiary, THLD Enterprises (UK), Limited in the United Kingdom in connection with conducting clinical trials in Europe. As of December 31, 2011, there has been no financial activity related to this entity.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary, and reflect the elimination of intercompany accounts and transactions.

Liquidity

The Company has product candidates in various stages of development as well as discovery and, since inception, has devoted substantially all of its time and efforts to performing research and development, raising capital and recruiting personnel. The Company has incurred significant losses since its inception. At December 31, 2011, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $252.1 million. The Company continues to incur substantial expenses related to performing research and development since December 31, 2011 and management believes that it will continue to do so for the foreseeable future. On March 16, 2011, the Company sold to certain investors an aggregate of 14,313,081 shares of its common stock for a purchase price equal to $2.05 per share and, for a purchase price equal $0.05 per share, warrants exercisable for a total of 5,725,227 shares of its common stock for aggregate gross proceeds equal to $30.1 million. Net proceeds generated from the offering were approximately $27.8 million, which includes underwriter discounts and estimated offering costs. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company sold an aggregate of 971,037 shares of common stock at an average price of $2.66 pursuant to the Company’s At Market Issuance Sales Agreement for net proceeds of $2.3 million.

The Company expects to need to raise additional capital or incur indebtedness to in-license or otherwise acquire and develop additional products or programs. The Company may seek to raise capital through a variety of sources, including:

 

   

the public equity market;

 

   

private equity financing;

 

   

collaborative arrangements; and/or

 

   

public or private debt.

The Company’s ability to raise additional funds will depend on its clinical and regulatory events, its ability to identify promising in-licensing opportunities, and factors related to financial, economic, and market conditions, many of which are beyond its control. The Company cannot be certain that sufficient funds will be available when required or on satisfactory terms. If adequate funds are not available, the Company may be required to significantly reduce or refocus its operations or to obtain funds through additional arrangements that may require the Company to relinquish rights to certain of its products, technologies or potential markets, any of which could delay or require that the Company curtail its development programs or otherwise have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the Company may have to delay, reduce the scope or eliminate some of its research and development, which could delay the time to

 

68


Table of Contents

market for any of its product candidates, if such adequate funds are not available. To the extent that additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of such securities would result in ownership dilution to existing stockholders. There are no assurances that the Company will be able to raise additional financing for the amounts required to execute the Company’s business plans and on the terms acceptable to the Company.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with original maturities of three months or less on the date of purchase, to be cash equivalents. All cash and cash equivalents are held in the United States of America in financial institutions or money market funds, which are unrestricted as to withdrawal or use.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash represents one certificate of deposit held at a financial institution that serves as collateral for the Company’s facility lease agreement.

Marketable Securities

The Company classifies its marketable securities as “available-for-sale.” Such marketable securities are recorded at fair value and unrealized gains and losses are recorded as a separate component of stockholders’ equity (deficit) until realized. Realized gains and losses on sale of all such securities are reported in net loss, computed using the specific identification cost method. The Company places its marketable securities primarily in U.S. government securities, money market funds, corporate bonds, commercial paper and certificates of deposit.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts of certain of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value due to their relatively short maturities. Estimated fair values for marketable securities, which are separately disclosed in Note 3, are based on market prices for the same or similar instruments. The carrying amount of the common stock warrant liability represents its estimated fair value.

Concentration of Credit Risk and Other Risks and Uncertainties

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of risk consist principally of cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities. The Company invests in a variety of financial instruments, such as, but not limited to, certificates of deposit, corporate and municipal bonds, United States Treasury and agency securities. The Company is exposed to credit risk in the event of default by the financial institutions for amounts in excess of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insured limits. The Company performs periodic evaluations of the relative credit standings of these financial institutions, and by policy, limits the amount of credit exposure with any one financial institution or commercial issuer.

Any products developed by the Company will require approval from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) or foreign regulatory agencies prior to commercial sales. There can be no assurance that the Company’s products will receive the necessary approvals. If the Company is denied such approvals or such approvals are delayed, it could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

 

69


Table of Contents

The Company has one drug candidate in development, which has not received regulatory approval. To achieve profitable operations, the Company must successfully develop, test, manufacture and market its products. There can be no assurance that any such products can be developed successfully or manufactured at an acceptable cost and with appropriate performance characteristics, or that such products will be successfully marketed. These factors could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s future financial results.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, generally three years. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the improvement, or the lease term, if shorter. Accordingly, leasehold improvements are being amortized over lease terms of approximately 4-6 years. Maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred. Upon sale or retirement of assets, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the balance sheet and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in operations.

Impairment of Long-lived assets

In accordance with the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 360, “Property, Plant and Equipment,” the Company reviews long-lived assets, including property and equipment, for impairment whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable. An impairment loss would be recognized when estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition is less than its carrying amount. Impairment, if any, is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds its fair value. The Company considers various valuation factors, principally discounted cash flows, to assess the fair values of long-lived assets. As of December 31, 2011, the Company has not incurred any such impairment losses.

Related Parties

The Company’s offering of common stock and warrants, on March 16, 2011, included 952,380 shares of common stock and warrants exercisable for a total of 380,952 shares of common stock sold to entities affiliated with Sutter Hill Ventures (“Sutter Hill”). Jeffrey W. Bird, member of the Company’s board of directors, is a managing member of Sutter Hill. Also as part of this offering, certain members of the Company’s management team purchased 340,472 shares and received warrants to purchase 136,186 shares of common stock.

The Company’s offering of common stock and warrants, on October 5, 2009, included 1,570,980 shares of common stock and warrants exercisable for a total of 628,264 shares of common stock sold to entities affiliated with Sutter Hill, and 1,047,120 shares of common stock and warrants exercisable for a total of 418,847 shares of common stock sold to entities affiliated with Three Arch Management III, L.L.C. (“Three Arch”). Jeffrey W. Bird and Wilfred E. Jager, members of the Company’s board of directors, are managing members of Sutter Hill and Three Arch, respectively. Also as part of this offering, certain members of the Company’s management team purchased 248,690 shares and received warrants to purchase 99,475 shares of common stock.

Comprehensive Income (loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) generally represents all changes in stockholders’ equity (deficit) except those resulting from investments or contributions by stockholders. The Company’s net loss and unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale marketable securities represent the only components of other comprehensive loss.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with the provisions of ASC 605, “Revenue Recognition” . In 2011, the Company recognized $0.1 million in revenue in connection with the Company’s 2009 agreement

 

70


Table of Contents

with Eleison Pharmaceuticals (“Eleison”) for the development of glufosfamide, which represents a 50% share of an upfront payment from a sublicense by Eleison. Revenue was recognized upon receipt of this payment because the Company does not have any further obligations with respect to this sublicense. In connection with the Company’s agreement with MediBIC Co. Ltd. (“MediBIC”), the Company recognized revenue from the non-refundable, upfront payment ratably over the term of its performance under the agreement. The upfront payment received, pending recognition as revenue, was recorded as deferred revenue and classified as a short-term or long-term liability on the consolidated balance sheet to be recognized over the period of deferral. Revenue was fully recognized on a straight-line basis through 2008, the development period. In 2009, the Company had no responsibilities for development activities and in May 2009, the Company dissolved the Joint Development Committee (“JDC”) comprising MediBIC and the Company.

Research and Development expenses

Research and development expenses are charged to research and development expense as incurred. Research and development expenses consist of salaries and benefits, laboratory supplies, consulting fees and fees paid to third party contract research and manufacturing organizations.

Preclinical and Clinical Trial Accruals

The Company’s preclinical and clinical trials are performed by third party contract research organizations (CROs) and/or clinical investigators, and clinical supplies are manufactured by contract manufacturing organizations (CMOs). Invoicing from these third parties may be monthly based upon services performed or based upon milestones achieved. The Company accrues these expenses based upon its assessment of the status of each clinical trial and the work completed, and upon information obtained from the CROs and CMOs. The Company’s estimates are dependent upon the timeliness and accuracy of data provided by the CROs and CMOs regarding the status and cost of the studies, and may not match the actual services performed by the organizations. This could result in adjustments to the Company’s research and development expenses in future periods. To date the Company has had no significant adjustments.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized.

Segments

The Company has one reportable segment and uses one measurement of profitability to manage its business. All long-lived assets are maintained in the United States of America.

Stock-Based compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, “Compensation—Stock Compensation,” which requires measurement of all employee stock-based compensation awards using a fair-value method and recording of such expense in the consolidated financial statements over the requisite service period. See Note 9 “Equity Incentive Plans and Stock Based Compensation” for further discussion.

The Company accounts for equity instruments issued to non-employees in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718 and ASC 505, “Equity,” which require that such equity instruments are recorded at their fair value on the measurement date. The measurement of stock-based compensation is subject to periodic adjustment as the underlying equity instruments vest.

 

71


Table of Contents

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-04, Financial Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs (“ASU 2011-04”). ASU 2011-04 provides a consistent definition of fair value and aligns the fair value measurement and disclosure requirements between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). ASU 2011-04 clarifies the application of certain existing fair value measurement guidance and expands the disclosures for fair value measurements that are estimated using significant unobservable (Level 3) inputs. This ASU will be effective for the Company’s first quarter of 2012 and should be applied prospectively. Early adoption is not permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of ASU 2011-04 to have a material impact to the consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income . ASU 2011-05 requires an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. ASU 2011-05 eliminates the option to present other comprehensive income as part of the statement of stockholders’ equity. This ASU will be effective for the Company’s first quarter of 2012 and should be applied retrospectively. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect its adoption of ASU 2011-05 to have a material impact to the consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 2—NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE

Basic net loss per common share is computed by dividing net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of vested common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per common share is computed by giving effect to all potential dilutive common shares, including outstanding options, common stock subject to repurchase and warrants. A reconciliation of the numerator and denominator used in the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per common share follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Numerator:

      

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (25,653   $ (18,682   $ (23,648
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

      

Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding

     45,900        33,654        19,594   

Less: Weighted-average shares subject to repurchase

     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding used in computing basic and diluted net loss per common share

     45,900        33,654        19,594   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per common share

   $ (0.56   $ (0.56   $ (1.21
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following warrants, outstanding options, common stock subject to repurchase and purchase rights under the Company’s ESPP were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per common share for the periods presented because including them would have had an antidilutive effect (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  

Warrants to purchase common stock

     16,643         10,918         10,918   

Options to purchase common stock

     3,672         2,746         936   

Shares issuable related to the ESPP

     70         61         50   

 

72


Table of Contents

NOTE 3—FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS AND MARKETABLE SECURITIES

The Company accounts for its marketable securities in accordance with ASC 820 ”Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures.” ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. ASC 820 defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. ASC 820 also establishes a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1 —Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 —Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. The Company’s short-term investments primarily utilize broker quotes in a non-active market for valuation of these securities.

Level 3 —Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

The Company utilizes the market approach to measure fair value for its financial assets. The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets. The following table sets forth the Company’s financial assets (cash equivalents and marketable securities) at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     Fair Value as of
December 31,
2011
     Basis of Fair Value Measurements  
    (in thousands)       Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Money market funds

   $ 4,050       $ 4,050       $ —         $ —     

Corporate bonds

     4,690         —           4,690         —     

Government securities

     5,970         —           5,970         —     

Commercial paper

     5,548         —           5,548         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash equivalents and marketable securities

   $ 20,258       $ 4,050       $ 16,208       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Fair Value as of
December 31,
2010
     Basis of Fair Value Measurements  
    (in thousands)       Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Money market funds

   $ 4,627       $ 4,627       $      $  —    

Certificates of deposit

     245         —          245         —    

Corporate bonds

     1,663         —          1,663         —    

Government securities

     3,202         —          3,202         —    

Commercial paper

     4,865         —          4,865         —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash equivalents and marketable securities

   $ 14,602       $ 4,627       $ 9,975       $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

73


Table of Contents

The Company invests in highly-liquid, investment-grade securities. The following is a summary of the Company’s available-for-sale securities at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

    As of December 31, 2011 (in thousands):    Cost Basis     Unrealized
Gain
     Unrealized
Loss
    Fair
Value
 

Money market funds

   $ 4,050      $ —         $ —        $ 4,050   

Corporate bonds

     4,693        —           (3     4,690   

Government securities

     5,968        2        —          5,970   

Commercial paper

     5,548        —           —          5,548   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     20,259        2         (3     20,258   

Less cash equivalents

     (5,850     —           —          (5,850
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total marketable securities

   $ 14,409      $ 2       $ (3   $ 14,408   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    As of December 31, 2010 (in thousands):    Cost Basis     Unrealized
Gain
     Unrealized
Loss
     Fair
Value
 

Money market funds

   $ 4,627      $ —         $ —         $ 4,627   

Certificates of deposit

     245        —           —           245   

Corporate bonds

     1,662        1         —           1,663   

Government securities

     3,202        —           —           3,202   

Commercial paper

     4,865        —           —           4,865   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     14,601        1         —           14,602   

Less cash equivalents

     (8,594     —           —           (8,594
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total marketable securities

   $ 6,007      $ 1       $ —         $ 6,008   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no realized gains or losses in 2011 and 2010.

As of December 31, 2011, weighted average days to maturity for the Company’s available for sale securities was 61 days, with the longest maturity being July 2012.

As of December 31, 2010, there were no marketable securities with unrealized losses.

The Company classifies financial instruments in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy when there is reliance on at least one significant unobservable input to the valuation model. In addition to these unobservable inputs, the valuation models for Level 3 financial instruments typically also rely on a number of inputs that are readily observable either directly or indirectly. The only Level 3 financial instruments are warrants. The Company determined the fair value of the liability associated with its warrants to purchase

16.6 million shares of outstanding common stock using a Black-Scholes Model. See detailed discussion in Note 8 Stockholders’ Equity.

NOTE 4—PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment comprise the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  

Computer and office equipment

   $ 337      $ 875   

Laboratory equipment

     1,316        1,368   

Leasehold improvements

     640        2,802   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,293        5,045   

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (1,750     (4,774
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 543      $ 271   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

74


Table of Contents

Depreciation and amortization expense was $0.2 million, $0.3 million, $0.7 million and $5.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, and, cumulatively, for the period from October 17, 2001 (date of inception) to December 31, 2011, respectively. In connection with the Company’s relocation of its corporate headquarter and laboratories to South San Francisco from Redwood City during 2011, the Company wrote off leasehold improvements and computer and office equipment that were fully depreciated with historical asset values of $2.7 million and $0.6 million, respectively. In addition, the Company incurred leasehold improvements at the new South San Francisco facility of approximately $0.5 million during 2011.

NOTE 5—BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS

Accrued liabilities comprise the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  

Payroll and employee related expenses

   $ 1,302       $ 528   

Professional services

     195         116   

Other accrued expenses

     240         179   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued liabilities

   $ 1,737       $ 823   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 6—NOTES PAYABLE

On March 27, 2003, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank to borrow up to $1.0 million for working capital and equipment purchases. The Company borrowed the full amount under this facility as of December 2004 and as of December 31, 2007, all borrowings under this facility were paid in full. In April 2006, the Company amended the existing loan and security agreement to borrow up to an additional $4.0 million for working capital and equipment purchases. The interest rate for borrowings under this facility was determined based on the 36-month U.S. Treasury note plus 2.25% on the date of borrowing. The Company borrowed $2.6 million under this facility, which was repaid over a 36-month period from the date of borrowing. The interest rate on these borrowings was approximately 7.2% per annum. At June 30, 2009, all borrowings under this facility were paid in full.

NOTE 7—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company leases certain of its facilities under noncancelable leases, which qualify for operating lease accounting treatment under ASC 840, “Leases,” and, as such, these facilities are not included on its consolidated balance sheets.

In July 2011, the Company entered into a noncancelable facility sublease agreement for 28,180 square feet of laboratory space and office space located in South San Francisco, California, which will serve as the Company’s new corporate headquarters. The lease began on October 1, 2011 and will expire on April 30, 2017. The aggregate rent for the term of the lease is approximately $3.4 million. In addition, the lease requires the Company to pay certain taxes, assessments, fees and other costs associated with the premises, in amounts yet to be determined. The Company will also be responsible for the costs of certain tenant improvements associated with the leased space. In connection with the execution of the lease the Company paid a security deposit of approximately $60,000.

In August 2004, we entered into a noncancelable facilities sublease agreement for 33,700 square feet of laboratory and office space that originally expired on February 28, 2010 for our headquarters in Redwood City, California. In February 2006, the Company entered into a new lease for an additional 34,205 square feet of office space and extended the lease term for the existing space located at the Company’s headquarters in Redwood City, California to September 30, 2011. The lease was for a period of 66 months, beginning on April 1, 2006 with respect to the additional square footage and began on March 1, 2010 with respect to the existing square footage. The lease expired on September 30, 2011.

 

75


Table of Contents

On April 1, 2005 the Company entered into a noncancelable lease agreement that originally expired on February 28, 2010 for approximately 6,489 square feet of laboratory space, in Redwood City, California. In connection with the execution of the lease, the Company paid a security deposit of approximately $25,000. On November 17, 2009 the Company extended the term of the lease agreement term to expire in August 2012. The aggregate rent for the extended term of the lease is approximately $0.4 million.

As of December 31, 2011 the future rental payments required by the Company for all of its facilities under noncancelable operating leases are as follows (in thousands):

 

Years Ending December 31,       

2012

     584   

2013

     624   

2014

     641   

2015

     663   

2016

     691   

2017

     235   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,438   
  

 

 

 

Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009 and, cumulatively, for the period from October 17, 2001 (date of inception) to December 31, 2011 was $1.3 million, $1.2 million, $1.2 million, and $9.1 million, respectively.

License Agreements

On October 14, 2009, the Company entered into an exclusive license agreement with Eleison Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (“Eleison”). Pursuant to the agreement the Company granted Eleison exclusive worldwide rights to develop and commercialize glufosfamide for the treatment of cancer in humans and animals, and certain other uses. Under the agreement, Eleison is responsible for the development, manufacturing and marketing of glufosfamide. Eleison and the Company will share equally in the profits of commercialization, if the further clinical development of glufosfamide leads to regulatory approval and marketing.

Eleison will pay the Company 50% of its profits from commercialization on a quarterly basis, beginning on the date of first commercial sale, if any. Eleison has the right to sublicense some or all of its rights under the agreement, and will pay the Company 50% of amounts received under any sublicenses, including, without limitation, any royalty payments, license fee payments, milestone payments and payments for any equity or debt purchases by a sublicensee, within 30 days of the receipt of any such amounts or payments by Eleison. Eleison will bear all costs associated with development, commercialization and patent prosecution, and will control product development and commercialization. In addition, Eleison will be responsible for all royalty and milestone payments due under the Baxter license and MediBIC development agreement. The agreement contemplates that Eleison, to satisfy its diligence obligations, will raise sufficient funds to commence clinical development activities with glufosfamide. In 2011, the Company received $0.1 million in revenue, which represents the Company’s 50% share of an upfront payment from a sublicense by Eleison.

Indemnification

The Company enters into indemnification provisions under its agreements with other companies in the ordinary course of business, including business partners, contractors and parties performing its clinical trials. Pursuant to these arrangements, the Company indemnifies, holds harmless, and agrees to reimburse the indemnified parties for losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party as a result of the Company’s activities. The terms of these indemnification agreements are generally perpetual. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these agreements is not determinable. The Company has never incurred costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnification

 

76


Table of Contents

agreements. As a result, the Company believes the estimated fair value of these agreements is minimal. The Company maintains commercial general liability insurance and products liability insurance to offset certain of its potential liabilities under these indemnification provisions.

The Company’s bylaws provide that it is required to indemnify its directors and officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers, other than liabilities arising from willful misconduct of a culpable nature, to the fullest extent permissible by applicable law; and to advance their expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified.

NOTE 8—STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common Stock

On March 16, 2011, the Company sold to certain investors an aggregate of 14,313,081 shares of its common stock for a purchase price equal to $2.05 per share and, for a purchase price of $0.05 per share, warrants exercisable for a total of 5,725,227 shares of its common stock for aggregate gross proceeds equal to $30.1 million in connection with the offering. Net proceeds generated from the offering were approximately $27.8 million which includes underwriter discounts and estimated offering costs. The warrants have a five-year term and an exercise price equal to $2.46 per share of common stock. The number of shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants and the exercise price are subject to adjustment for subdivisions and stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, reorganizations, reclassifications, consolidations, mergers or sales of properties and assets and upon the issuance of certain assets or securities to holders of our common stock, as applicable.

On October 29, 2010, the Company entered into an at market issuance sales agreement, or sales agreement, with MLV & Co., LLC, formerly McNicoll, Lewis & Vlak LLC (“ MLV ”), pursuant to which the Company may issue and sell shares of our common stock having an aggregate offering price of up to $15.0 million from time to time through MLV as sales agent. Subject to the terms and conditions of the sales agreement, MLV will use commercially reasonable efforts to sell the Company’s common stock from time to time, based upon the Company’s instructions (including any price, time or size limits or other customary parameters or conditions the Company may impose). The Company will pay MLV an aggregate commission rate of 3.0% of the gross proceeds of the sales price per share of any common stock sold under the sales agreement. Under certain circumstances, sales of the stock under the at market issuances sales agreement could result in an adjustment to the exercise price of certain of our outstanding warrants. As of the year ended December 31, 2010 we had not sold any stock pursuant to the sales agreement. During the year ended December 31, 2011, we sold 971,037 shares of our common stock at an average price of $2.66 pursuant to the sales agreement. Net proceeds from the sale of stock were $2.3 million. The sale of stock did not result in an adjustment to the exercise price of certain of our outstanding warrants.

On October 5, 2009, the Company sold to certain investors an aggregate of 18,324,599 shares of its common stock for a purchase price equal to $1.86 per share and, for a purchase price of $0.05 per share, warrants exercisable for a total of 7,329,819 shares of its common stock for aggregate gross proceeds equal to $35.0 million in connection with the offering. Net proceeds generated from the offering were $33.1 million. The warrants have a five-year term and an exercise price equal to $2.23 per share of common stock. The exercise price of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances, including certain issuances of securities at a price equal to less than the then current exercise price. In addition, the number of shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants and the exercise price are subject to adjustment for subdivisions and stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, reorganizations, reclassifications, consolidations, mergers or sales of properties and assets and upon the issuance of certain assets or securities to holders of our common stock, as applicable. As a result of the offering on March 16, 2011, the exercise price of the warrants exercisable for a total of 7,329,819 shares of common stock sold to investors in October 2009 that had an original exercise price of $2.23 per share, was subsequently reduced to $2.05 per share pursuant to the terms of such warrants.

 

77


Table of Contents

On August 29, 2008, the Company sold to certain investors an aggregate of 8,970,574 shares of its common stock for a purchase price equal to $2.04 per share for aggregate gross proceeds equal to $18.3 million in connection with the offering. Net proceeds generated from the offering were $16.8 million. As part of the sale of common stock, the Company also issued warrants exercisable for a total of 3,588,221 shares of its common stock to the investors. The warrants have a five-year term and an exercise price equal to $2.34 per share of common stock. The exercise price and/or the number of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances, including certain issuances of securities at a price equal to less than the then current exercise price, subdivisions and stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, reorganizations, reclassifications, consolidations, mergers or sales of properties and assets and upon the issuance of certain assets or securities to holders of our common stock, as applicable. As a result of the offering on October 5, 2009, the exercise price of the warrants exercisable for a total of 3,588,221 shares of common stock sold to investors in August 2008 that had an original exercise price of $2.34 per share, was subsequently reduced to $1.86 per share pursuant to the terms of such warrants.

On February 4, 2005, the Company completed its initial public offering of 1.0 million shares of common stock for net proceeds totaling $38.1 million. On October 14, 2005, the Company completed a public offering of 1.1 million shares of its common stock for net proceeds totaling $62.4 million. Each share of common stock has the right to one vote. The holders of common stock are also entitled to receive dividends whenever funds are legally available and when declared by the Board of Directors, subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock outstanding having priority rights as to dividends. No dividends have been declared or paid as of December 31, 2011.

Reverse Stock Split and Shares Authorized

On August 13, 2008, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a 1-for-6 reverse split of its common stock, following approval by the Company’s stockholders on May 13, 2008. The reverse stock split was effective August 20, 2008. The par value of the common stock was not affected by the reverse stock split and remains at $0.001 per share. Consequently, on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet, the aggregate par value of the issued common stock was reduced by reclassifying the par value amount of the eliminated shares of common stock to Additional Paid-in Capital. The Company paid cash in lieu of any fractional shares to which a holder of common stock would otherwise be entitled as a result of the reverse stock split, including fractional shares for the in-the-money stock options. In addition, the number of authorized shares of common stock was reduced from 150,000,000 to 50,000,000. All common share and per share amounts contained in the accompanying consolidated financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split.

In May 2010, the Company’s stockholder’s approved the number of authorized shares of common stock be increased from 50,000,000 to 150,000,000.

Common Stock Warrants

The Company accounts for its common stock warrants under guidance now codified in ASC 815 that clarifies the determination of whether an instrument (or an embedded feature) is indexed to an entity’s own stock, which would qualify for classification as liabilities. The guidance required the Company’s outstanding warrants to be classified as liabilities and to be fair valued at each reporting period, with the changes in fair value recognized as other income (expense) in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations.

 

78


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had warrants outstanding to purchase 3,588,221 shares of common stock from the August 2008 offering. The fair value of these warrants on December 31, 2011 and 2010 was determined using a Black Scholes valuation model with the following Level 3 inputs:

 

     December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 

Risk-free interest rate

     0.25     1.02

Expected life (in years)

     1.66        2.66   

Dividend yield

     —          —     

Volatility

     84     94

Stock price

   $ 1.22      $ 1.35   

On January 1, 2009, Company recorded a cumulative effect of change in accounting principle adjustment to its deficit accumulated during development stage of $0.5 million and a corresponding reclassification of the Company’s outstanding warrants from stockholder’s equity to warrant liability. During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, a change in fair value of $1.1 million and $1.8 million related to the August 2008 warrants was recorded as other income in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations, respectively.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had warrants outstanding to purchase 7,329,819 shares of common stock from the October 2009 offering. The fair value of these warrants on December 31, 2011 and 2010 was determined using a Black Scholes valuation model with the following Level 3 inputs:

 

     December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 

Risk-free interest rate

     0.36     1.40

Expected life (in years)

     2.76        3.76   

Dividend yield

     —          —     

Volatility

     88     88

Stock price

   $ 1.22      $ 1.35   

On October 5, 2009, the Company determined the fair value of the warrants to be $9.8 million and classified that amount of the net proceeds from the October 2009 offering to warrant liability. During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, a change in fair value of $1.4 million and $3.4 million related to the October 2009 warrants was recorded as other income in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations.

At December 31, 2011 the Company had warrants outstanding to purchase 5,725,227 shares of common stock from the March 2011 offering. The fair value of these warrants on December 31, 2011 and March 16, 2011, was determined using a Black Scholes valuation model with the following Level 3 inputs:

 

     December 31,
2011
    March 16,
2011
 

Risk-free interest rate

     0.60     1.87

Expected life (in years)

     4.21        5.0   

Dividend yield

     —          —     

Volatility

     102     89

Stock price

   $ 1.22      $ 1.67   

On March 16, 2011, the Company determined the fair value of the warrants to be $6.1 million and classified that amount of the net proceeds from the March 2011 offering to warrant liability. During the year ended December 31, 2011, a change in the fair value of $1.9 million related to the March 2011 warrants was recorded as other income in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations.

 

79


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the Company’s financial liabilities, related to warrants issued in the August 2008, October 2009 and March 2011 offerings, subject to fair value measurements as of December 31, 2011:

 

(in thousands)

   Fair Value as of
December 31,
2011
     Basis of Fair Value Measurements  
      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Common stock warrants

   $ 9,209       $ —         $ —         $ 9,209   

The following table is a reconciliation of the warrant liability measured at fair value using level 3 inputs (in thousands):

 

     Warrant Liability  

Balance at December 31, 2009

   $ 12,665   

Change in fair value of common stock warrants during 2010

     (5,166
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

   $ 7,499   

Issuance of common stock warrants related to March 2011 offering

     6,068   

Change in fair value of common stock warrants during 2011

     (4,358
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ 9,209   
  

 

 

 

Preferred Share Rights Agreement

On August 8, 2006, the Board of Directors adopted a Preferred Shares Rights Agreement. As part of this agreement, preferred stock purchase rights (“the rights”) were distributed to stockholders of record as of August 23, 2006, at the rate of one right for each share of common stock held. The rights become exercisable only upon the acquisition, or the acquisition of the right to acquire, by a person or group of affiliated or associated persons, 15% or more of the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock. Once exercisable, each right entitles the holder to purchase, at a price of $25.00, six one-thousandth of a share of Series A Participating Preferred Stock. For a limited period of time following the announcement of any such acquisition or offer, the rights are redeemable by the Company at a price of $0.01 per right. If the rights are not redeemed or exchanged, each right will then entitle the holder to receive, upon exercise of such right, a number of shares of the Company’s common stock having a then current value equal to two times the purchase price of such right. Similarly, if the rights are not redeemed or exchanged and following the acquisition of 15% or more of the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock by a person or group of affiliated or associated persons, (i) the Company consolidates with or merges into another entity, (ii) another entity consolidates with or merges into the Company or (iii) the Company sells or otherwise transfers 50% or more of its consolidated assets or earning power, each right will then entitle the holder to receive, upon exercise of such right, a number of shares of common stock of the acquiring company having a then current value equal to two times the purchase price. For a limited period of time after the exercisability of the rights, each right, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, may be exchanged for one share of common stock per right. The Company has initially reserved 200,000 shares of preferred stock pursuant to the exercise of these rights. These rights expire on August 8, 2016.

Effective July 9, 2008, the Company entered into an amendment (the “First Amendment”) to that certain Preferred Shares Rights Agreement, dated as of August 8, 2006, by and between the Company and Mellon Investor Services LLC (the “Rights Agreement”). The First Amendment amended certain terms in the Rights Agreement so that the Company could announce and consummate the 2008 offering of common stock and warrants described above without triggering the Rights Agreement.

Effective September 29, 2009, the Company entered into an additional amendment (the “Second Amendment”) to the Rights Agreement. The Second Amendment amended certain terms in the Rights Agreement so that the Company could announce and consummate the 2009 offering described above without triggering the Rights Agreement.

 

80


Table of Contents

NOTE 9—EQUITY INCENTIVE PLANS AND STOCK BASED COMPENSATION

2004 Equity Incentive Plan

On April 7, 2004, the Board of Directors adopted the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2004 Plan”), and received stockholder approval on January 10, 2005. The 2004 Plan became effective upon the completion of the Company’s initial public offering and provides for the granting of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock awards and cash awards to employees and consultants. Options granted under the 2004 Plan may be either incentive stock options (“ISOs”) or nonqualified stock options (“NSOs”). ISOs may be granted only to Company employees (including officers and directors who are also employees). NSOs may be granted to Company employees and consultants. Stock options may be granted with an exercise price not less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant. Stock options are generally granted with terms of up to ten years and vest over a period of four years.

In 2005, 404,801 shares of common stock were authorized for issuance pursuant to the 2004 Plan, plus any shares which had been reserved but not issued under the 2001 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2001 Plan”) or issued and forfeited after the date of the initial public offering, plus any shares repurchased at or below the original purchase price and any options which expire or become unexercisable after the initial public offering, thereafter plus all shares of common stock restored by the Board of Directors pursuant to the provision of the 2004 Plan that permits options to be settled on a net appreciation basis. The Company will not grant any options under the 2001 Plan after the effectiveness of the 2004 Plan. On January 1, 2006, and annually thereafter, the authorized shares under the 2004 Plan will be automatically increased by a number of shares equal to the lesser of:

 

   

5% of the number of the Company’s shares issued and outstanding prior to the preceding December 31;

 

   

202,401 shares;

 

   

an amount determined by the Board of Directors.

On March 1, 2010 the Board of Directors approved an addition of 2,250,000 shares for issuance under the 2004 Plan and on May 19, 2010 the stockholders of the Company approved the same addition of 2,250,000 shares for issuance under the 2004 Plan. The annual automatic increase to the authorized shares under the 2004 Plan was amended, effective January 1, 2011 to the lesser of:

 

   

5% of the number of the Company’s shares issued and outstanding prior to the preceding December 31;

 

   

1,250,000 shares;

 

   

an amount determined by the Board of Directors.

On December 20, 2005, the Board of Directors approved an addition of 202,401 shares for issuance under the 2004 Plan effective January 1, 2006. On April 2, 2007, the Board of Directors approved an addition of 202,401 shares for issuance under the 2004 Plan effective January 1, 2007. On January 15, 2009, the Board of Directors approved an addition of 202,401 shares for issuance under the 2004 Plan effective January 1, 2009. On March 1, 2010, the Board of Directors approved an addition of 202,401 shares for issuance under the 2004 Plan effective January 1, 2010.

 

81


Table of Contents

Activity under the 2001 Plan and 2004 Plan is set forth below:

 

     Shares
Available
for Grant
    Outstanding Options      Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 
     Number of
Shares
    Exercise
Price
    

Shares reserved at Plan inception

     202,400        —        $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

Balances, December 31, 2001

     202,400        —          —           —     

Options granted

     (179,992     179,992        0.96         0.96   

Options exercised

     —          (405     0.96         0.96   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

Balances, December 31, 2002

     22,408        179,587        0.96         0.96   

Additional shares reserved

     506,000        —          —           —     

Options granted

     (121,092     121,092        0.96–1.56         0.96   

Options exercised

     —          (1,285     0.96         0.96   

Options canceled

     927        (927     0.96         0.96   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

Balances, December 31, 2003

     408,243        298,467        0.96–1.56         0.96   

Options granted

     (370,372     370,372        1.56–3.18         2.16   

Options exercised

     —          (586,365     0.96–3.18         1.50   

Options canceled

     7,926        (7,926     0.96–3.18         1.68   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

Balances, December 31, 2004

     45,797        74,549        0.96–3.18         2.70   

Additional shares reserved

     404,800        —          —           —     

Options granted

     (157,849     157,849        3.18–89.88         49.32   

Options exercised

     —          (75,545     0.96–3.18         2.94   

Options canceled

     2,475        (2,475     34.80–74.70         39.72   

Options repurchased

     10,664        —          0.96–3.18         2.46   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

Balances, December 31, 2005

     305,887        154,378        0.96–89.88         49.74   

Additional shares reserved

     202,401        —          —           —     

Options granted (1)

     (744,228     744,228        9.30–99.12         41.94   

Options exercised

     —          (22,023     1.56–37.56         5.52   

Options canceled (1)

     530,831        (530,831     3.18–99.12         62.88   

Options repurchased

     27,091        —          0.96–3.18         2.94   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

Balances, December 31, 2006

     321,982        345,752        0.96–89.88         15.60   

Additional shares reserved

     202,401        —          

Options granted

     (283,396     283,396        3.84–21.66         11.04   

Options exercised

     —          (337     3.18–15.42         14.52   

Options canceled

     131,672        (131,672     3.18–84.24         16.62   

Options repurchased

     16,410        —          1.56–3.18         2.10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

Balances, December 31, 2007

     389,069        497,139        0.96–89.88         12.72   

Options granted

     (239,538     239,538        0.42–3.18         2.84   

Options exercised

     —          (727     1.56         1.56   

Options canceled

     118,852        (118,852     0.96–89.88         15.14   

Options repurchased

     47        —          3.13         2.10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

Balances, December 31, 2008

     268,430        617,098        0.42–21.66         8.41   

Additional shares reserved

     202,401        —          

Options granted (2)

     (955,265     955,265        0.79–3.08         1.17   

Options exercised

     —          (8,764     0.79–1.30         1.14   

Options canceled (2)

     627,939        (627,939     0.79–21.66         8.28   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

Balances, December 31, 2009

     143,505        935,660        0.42–21.66         1.17   

Additional shares reserved

     2,452,401        —          

Options granted

     (1,849,500     1,849,500        0.99–1.88         1.45   

Options exercised

     —          (20,000     0.79–1.30         1.05   

Options canceled

     19,442        (19,442     0.79–1.95         1.61   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

Balances, December 31, 2010

     765,848        2,745,718      $ 0.42–3.18       $ 1.36   

Additional shares reserved

     1,250,000        —          

Options granted

     (1,196,500     1,196,500        1.53-1.86         1.64   

Options exercised

     —          (11,603     0.79-1.44         1.24   

Options canceled

     258,436        (258,436     0.79-1.88         1.38   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

Balances, December 31, 2011

     1,077,784        3,672,179      $ 0.42-3.18       $ 1.45   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

82


Table of Contents

 

(1) Includes 362,000 options that had a weighted average exercise price of $74.22, which were canceled and re-granted at an exercise price of $15.42 in September 2006.
(2) Includes 559,665 options that had a weighted average exercise price of $8.08, which were canceled and re-granted at an exercise price of $1.30 in February 2009.

At December 31, 2011, stock options outstanding and exercisable by exercise price were as follows:

 

    Options Outstanding     Options Exercisable  

Range of
Exercise
Prices

  Number
Outstanding
    Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
    Number
Exercisable
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 
$0.42 – 1.29     306,257        6.48      $ 0.80        246,775      $ 0.80   
$1.30 – 1.32     503,946        4.57        1.30        492,167        1.30   
$1.44 – 1.44     1,466,667        8.24        1.44        596,655        1.44   
$1.53 – 1.64     1,226,208        9.39        1.63        235,708        1.63   
$1.69 – 1.95     164,000        8.42        1.81        114,853        1.85   
$2.22 – 3.18     5,101        5.99        3.01        3,689        2.99   
 

 

 

       

 

 

   
$0.42 – 3.18     3,672,179        7.98      $ 1.45        1,689,847      $ 1.36   
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding and options exercisable as of December 31, 2011 were $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2011, the ending options vested and expected to vest was 3,635,209 and the aggregate intrinsic value of these options was $0.1 million. The weighted average remaining contractual life and weighted average exercise price of these options were 7.97 years and $1.45, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the underlying awards and the quoted price of the Company’s common stock for options that were in-the-money at December 31, 2011.

The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were $6,000, $15,000 and $8,000, respectively, determined at the date of the option exercise. Cash received from stock option exercises were $14,000, $21,000 and $10,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company issues new shares of common stock upon exercise of options. In connection with these exercises, there was no tax benefit realized by the Company due to its current loss position.

On February 13, 2009, the Company cancelled 559,665 options of 41 eligible employees, consultants and directors that had a weighted average exercise price of $8.08 and re-granted 559,665 options at an exercise price of $1.30, which was the Company’s closing price on February 17, 2009. As a result of the repricing of options of eligible employees and directors, the Company will incur an incremental stock-based compensation expense of $0.2 million over the weighted average vesting period of the repriced options of 2.2 years. The incremental compensation cost was measured as the fair value of the new stock option award over the fair value of the original stock option award based on the closing price on the date of re-grant. The incremental expense related to the repricing recorded for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was not significant.

2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Effective with the initial public offering, the Board of Directors approved the 2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Purchase Plan”). The Purchase Plan contains consecutive, overlapping 24 month offering periods. Each offering period includes four six-month purchase periods. The price of the common stock purchased will be the lower of 85% of the fair market value of the common stock at the beginning of an offering period or at the end of the purchase period. For the year ended December 31, 2011, employees had purchased 130,512 shares of common stock under the Purchase Plan at an average price of $1.03. For the year ended December 31, 2010, employees had purchased 118,572 shares of common stock under the Purchase Plan at an

 

83


Table of Contents

average price of $1.01. At December 31, 2011, plan participants had $0.1 million withheld to purchase stock on February 14, 2012, which is included in accrued liabilities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. At December 31, 2011, 353,818 shares were authorized and available for issuance under the ESPP.

Directors Compensation Program

In December 2005, the Board of Directors approved revised compensation arrangements for non-employee directors of the Company. Effective January 1, 2006, non-employee directors receive an annual retainer of $30,000, and, in addition, chairpersons of the Audit, Compensation and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees receive annual retainers of $16,000, $14,000, and $10,000, respectively. In May 2005, each non-employee director was granted an option to purchase 2,500 shares of the Company’s common stock under the Company’s 2004 Equity Incentive Plan. In addition, at each annual meeting of stockholders of the Company, each non-employee director who has served as director at least six months prior to such meeting will receive an automatic grant of an option to purchase 2,500 shares of the Company’s common stock. Pursuant to the provisions of the plan, in May 2008, May 2007 and June 2006, each of the five non-employee directors received an automatic grant of 2,500 shares of the Company’s common stock in each respective year. In addition, in November 2008 and April 2007, pursuant to the provisions of the plan, a newly elected non- employee director on each respective date received an automatic grant of 5,000 shares.

In January 2009, each of the five non-employee directors received a one-time grant to purchase 10,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. In May 2009, at the Company’s annual meeting, an amendment to the Company’s 2004 Equity Incentive Plan to increase the size of the automatic annual option grant to continuing non-employee directors from 2,500 shares to 10,000 shares, was approved by the shareholder of the Company. In accordance with the amendment, each of the five non-employee directors received an automatic grant of an option to purchase 10,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. In May 2010, at the Company’s annual meeting, an amendment to the Company’s 2004 Equity Incentive Plan to increase the size of the automatic annual option grant to continuing non-employee directors from 10,000 shares to 12,500 shares, was approved by the shareholder of the Company. In accordance with the amendment, each of the five non-employee directors received an automatic grant of an option to purchase 12,500 shares of the Company’s common stock. In addition, in May 2010, pursuant to the provisions of the plan, a newly elected non- employee director received an automatic grant of 25,000 shares. In May 2011, each of the six non-employee directors received an automatic grant of an option to purchase 12,500 shares of the Company’s common stock.

Stock-based Compensation

The Company recognizes stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, “Compensation—Stock Compensation,” using the modified prospective transition method, except for options granted prior to the Company’s initial public offering in February 2005, for which the fair value was determined for disclosure purposes using the minimum value method. Under this transition method, stock-based compensation cost recognized for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 includes:

 

   

compensation cost for all unvested stock-based awards as of January 1, 2006 that were granted subsequent to the Company’s initial public offering in February 2005, and prior to January 1, 2006, that were earned during the year ended December 31, 2009 based on the recognition of the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with ASC 815 over the service period, which is generally the vesting period;

 

   

compensation cost for all stock-based awards granted or modified subsequent to January 1, 2006, that were earned during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 based on the recognition of the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of ASC 815 over the service period, which is generally the vesting period.

In addition, ASC 718 requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

 

84


Table of Contents

Stock-based compensation expense recognized under ASC 718 in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 related to stock options and ESPP were $1.0 million, $0.8 million and $2.2 million, respectively.

Valuation Assumptions

The Company estimated the fair value of stock options granted using the Black-Scholes option-pricing formula and a single option award approach. This fair value is being amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which is generally the vesting period. The fair value of employee stock options and employee purchase rights under the Company’s ESPP was estimated using the following weighted-average assumptions for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Employee Stock Options

      

Risk-free interest rate

     1.88     2.35     1.71

Expected life (in years)

     5.98        5.99        5.71   

Dividend yield

     —          —          —     

Volatility

     92     85     84

Weighted-average fair value of stock options granted

   $ 1.23      $ 1.05      $ 0.51   

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

      

Risk-free interest rate

     0.15     0.40     0.71

Expected life (in years)

     1.25        1.25        1.25   

Dividend yield

     —          —          —     

Volatility

     80     88     67

Weighted-average fair value of ESPP purchase rights

   $ 0.66      $ 0.80      $ 0.52   

To determine the expected term of the Company’s employee stock options granted the Company utilized the simplified approach as defined by SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 110, “Share-Based Payment” (“SAB 110”). To determine the risk-free interest rate, the Company utilized an average interest rate based on U.S. Treasury instruments with a term consistent with the expected term of the Company’s stock based awards. To determine the expected stock price volatility for the Company’s stock based awards, the Company examined historical volatilities for industry peers as well as the Company and utilized a blend of the historical volatilities of the Company and its industry peers. The fair value of all the Company’s stock based award assumes no dividends as the Company does not anticipate paying cash dividends on its common stock.

Employee Stock-based Compensation Expense

Stock-based Compensation Expense As required by ASC 718 the Company recognized $1.0 million, $0.8 million and $2.2 million of stock-based compensation expense related to stock options granted and purchase rights granted subsequent to the Company’s initial public offering in February 2005, under the Company’s stock option plans, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, in addition to the amortization of deferred compensation above. As of December 31, 2011, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock-based awards granted to employees under the Company’s stock option plans was approximately $2.2 million before estimated forfeitures. This cost will be recorded as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the remaining weighted average requisite service period of approximately 2.7 years.

Non-employee Stock-based Compensation Expense

Stock-based compensation expense related to stock options granted to non-employees is recognized on a straight-line basis, as the stock options are earned. The Company issued options to non-employees, which generally vest ratably over the time period the Company expects to receive services from the non-employee. The

 

85


Table of Contents

values attributable to these options are amortized over the service period and the unvested portion of these options was remeasured at each vesting date. The Company believes that the fair value of the stock options is more reliably measurable than the fair value of the services received. The fair value of the stock options granted were revalued at each reporting date using the Black-Scholes valuation model as prescribed by ASC 505-50 Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees using the following assumptions:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Risk-free interest rate

     1.37     1.94     2.54

Expected life (in years)

     5.15        5.00        5.26   

Dividend yield

     —          —          —     

Expected volatility

     92     85     84

The stock-based compensation expense will fluctuate as the fair market value of the common stock fluctuates. In connection with the grant of stock options to non-employees, the Company recorded stock-based compensation of approximately $0.1 million, $37,000 and $27,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Total stock-based compensation expense was allocated to research and development and general and administrative as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  

Stock-based compensation expense:

        

Research and development

   $ 471       $ 381       $ 1,003   

General and administrative

     568         422         1,208   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,039       $ 803       $ 2,211   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 10—INCOME TAXES

A reconciliation of income taxes at the statutory federal income tax rate to net income taxes included in the accompanying statements of operations is as follows (in thousands):

 

     2011     2010     2009  

U.S. federal taxes (benefit) at statutory rate

   $ (8,722   $ (6,353   $ (8,040

State federal income tax benefit

     (1,995     (1,593     (1,284

Unutilized (utilized) net operating losses

     11,731        9,392        7,396   

Stock-based compensation

     223        224        936   

Research and development credits

     (885     (732     (503

Tax assets not benefited

     1,105        957        703   

Non deductible warrant expense

     (1,482     (1,756     786   

Other

     25        (139     6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ —        $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

86


Table of Contents

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant components of the net deferred tax assets are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  

Capitalized start-up costs

   $ 238      $ 267   

Net operating loss carryforwards

     37,889        25,765   

Research and development credits

     3,370        2,953   

Deferred stock compensation

     1,635        1,943   

Other (accruals, reserves, depreciation)

     592        1,208   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     43,724        32,136   

Less: Valuation allowance

     (43,724     (32,136
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2011, the Company had both federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $95 million available to offset future taxable income. The Company’s federal and state net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2021 and 2011, respectively, if not used before such time to offset future taxable income or tax liabilities. For federal and state income tax purposes, a portion of the Company’s net operating loss carryforward is subject to certain limitations on annual utilization in case of changes in ownership, as defined by federal and state tax laws. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of the net operating loss before utilization.

At December 31, 2011, the Company had federal research and development tax credits of approximately $1.7 million, which expire in the year beginning 2022, and state research and development tax credits of approximately $3.5 million, which have no expiration date. During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company wrote down its deferred tax assets related to net operating loss carryforwards and tax credits that are expected to expire before utilization due to the annual limitation.

During the year ended 2011, the Company performed an analysis of the deferred stock compensation tax carry forward to assess whether a portion of the carry forward may not be available to offset future taxable income. Based on this analysis the Company concluded that a portion of the carry forward may not be available to offset future taxable income. Accordingly the deferred stock compensation carry forward was decreased to $1.6 million as of December 31, 2011 and $1.9 million as of December 31, 2010, which was previously presented in our annual report on form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2010 as $8.7 million. As we maintained a full valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets, the change did not affect the consolidated financial statements.

The Company has established a valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty surrounding the realization of such assets. The valuation allowance increased by $11.6 million and by $10.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and decreased by $33.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.

The Company adopted ASC Topic 740-10-50 “ Accounting for Uncertainty of Income Taxes ” (“ASC Topic 740-10-50”), on January 1, 2007. The Company does not believe that its unrecognized tax benefits will change over the next twelve months.

The following table summarizes the activity related to our gross unrecognized tax benefits:

 

(in thousands)

   2011      2010  

Gross unrecognized tax benefits at January 1,

   $ 1,100       $ 1,100   

Gross increases (decreases) related to prior year tax positions

     —           —     

Gross increases (decreases) related to current year tax positions

     —           —     

Settlements

     —           —     

Expiration of the statute of limitations for the assessment of taxes

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross unrecognized tax benefits at December 31,

   $ 1,100       $ 1,100   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

87


Table of Contents

The Company’s practice is to recognize interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had no accrued interest or penalties due to the Company’s net operating losses available to offset any tax adjustment. The Company currently has no federal or state tax examinations in progress nor has it had any federal or state tax examinations since its inception. As a result of the Company’s net operating loss carryforwards, all of its tax years are subject to federal and state tax examination.

NOTE 11—EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

In November 2002, the Company implemented a 401(k) plan to provide a retirement savings program for the employees of the Company. The 401(k) plan is maintained for the exclusive purpose of benefiting the 401(k) plan participants. The 401(k) plan is intended to operate in accordance with all applicable state and federal laws and regulations and, to the extent applicable, the provisions of Department of Labor regulations issued pursuant to ERISA Section 404(c). As of December 31, 2011, the Company has not made any contributions to the 401(k) plan.

NOTE 12—QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

The following table presents certain unaudited quarterly financial information for the eight quarters ended December 31, 2010. This information has been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and includes all adjustments necessary to state fairly the unaudited quarterly results of operations. Net loss per common share, basic and diluted for the four quarters of each fiscal year, may not sum to the total for the fiscal year because of the different weighted average number of shares outstanding in each of the periods.

 

2011

   First
Quarter
    Second
Quarter
    Third
Quarter
    Fourth
Quarter
 

(in thousands, except per share data)

        

Revenue

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 62  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (8,330   $ (7,923   $ (4,125   $ (5,275
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (0.23   $ (0.16   $ (0.08   $ (0.11
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares used in basic and diluted net loss per common share calculations

     36,445        48,805        49,052        49,128   

2010

   First
Quarter
    Second
Quarter
    Third
Quarter
    Fourth
Quarter
 

(in thousands, except per share data)

        

Revenue

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (5,959   $ (261   $ (5,908   $ (6,554
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (0.18   $ (0.01   $ (0.18   $ (0.19
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares used in basic and diluted net loss per common share calculations

     33,603        33,638        33,672        33,702   

NOTE 13—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On February 3, 2012, the Company entered into a global license and co-development agreement with Merck KGaA, of Darmstadt, Germany, to co-develop and commercialize TH-302, the Company’s small molecule hypoxia-targeted drug. Under the terms of the agreement, Merck will receive co-development rights, exclusive global commercialization rights and will provide the Company an option to co-commercialize TH-302 in the United States. In exchange, the Company will receive an upfront payment of $25 million and could receive another $35 million in additional development milestones that are independent of continued development of TH-302 in pancreatic cancer during 2012. The Company is also eligible to receive a $20 million milestone payment based on positive results from its randomized Phase 2 trial in pancreatic cancer. Total potential milestone payments are $525 million, comprised of $280 million in regulatory and development milestones and $245 million in sales-based milestones.

 

88


Table of Contents

In the United States, the Company will have primary responsibility for development of TH-302 in the soft tissue sarcoma indication. The Company and Merck KGaA will jointly develop TH-302 in all other cancer indications being pursued. Merck KGaA will pay 70% of worldwide development costs for TH-302.Subject to FDA approval in the United States, Merck KGaA will initially be responsible for commercialization of TH-302 with the Company receiving a tiered, double-digit royalty on sales. Under the royalty-bearing portion of the agreement, the Company retains the option to co-promote TH-302 in the United States. Additionally, the Company retains the option to co-commercialize TH-302 upon the achievement of certain sales and regulatory milestones, allowing the company to participate in up to 50% of the profits in the United States depending on total sales. Outside of the United States, Merck KGaA will be solely responsible for the commercialization of TH-302 with the Company receiving a tiered, double-digit royalty on sales in these territories. The agreement became effective on March 12, 2012, upon termination of the applicable waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976. The agreement will continue on a country-by-country basis until the later of the last to expire patent covering TH-302 in such country or ten years following the commercial launch of a product containing TH-302 in such country, unless terminated earlier. Merck has the right to terminate the agreement after the achievement of certain milestones, and each party has the right to terminate the agreement following uncured material breach by the other party.

Pursuant to an amendment to the at the market issuance sales agreement and a prospectus supplement we filed on January 20, 2012, pursuant to a new registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, we may sell shares of our common stock having an aggregate offering price of up to $15.0 million from time to time through MLV as our sales agent. Subsequent to December 31, 2011, the Company sold 2,022,144 shares of our common stock at an average price of $6.29 pursuant to the at market issuance sales agreement. Net proceeds from the sale of stock were $12.3 million. The sale of stock did not result in an adjustment to the exercise price of certain of our outstanding warrants.

 

89


Table of Contents
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We conducted an evaluation as of December 31, 2011, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Vice President, Finance and Controller, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, which are defined under SEC rules as controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within required time periods and that the information accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Vice President, Finance and Controller is appropriate, to allow timely decisions, regarding required disclosure. Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Vice President, Finance and Controller concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Vice President, Finance and Controller, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on criteria established in the Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Management’s assessment included evaluation of such elements as the design and operating effectiveness of key financial reporting controls, process documentation, accounting policies, and our overall control environment. Based on this evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2011.

Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls

Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Vice President, Finance and Controller, does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefit of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within Threshold Pharmaceuticals, Inc. have been detected. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

90


Table of Contents

Changes in Internal Controls over Financial Reporting

There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) that occurred during the fourth quarter of the year ended December 31, 2011 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

 

91


Table of Contents

PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by this Item will be contained in our Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after December 31, 2011 and is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this item will be contained in our Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after December 31, 2011 and is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this item will be contained in our Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after December 31, 2011 and is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this item will be contained in our Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after December 31, 2011 and is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this item will be contained in our Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after December 31, 2011 and is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

92


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

The following documents are being filed as part of this report:

 

  (1) The following financial statements of the Company and the reports of Ernst & Young LLP and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP are included in Part II, Item 8:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

  (2) All financial statement supporting schedules are omitted because the information is inapplicable or presented in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

EXHIBIT
NUMBER

  

DESCRIPTION

    3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-114376), filed on April 9, 2004)
    3.2    Certificate of Amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2009)
    3.3    Certificate of Amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 4, 2010)
    3.4    Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registration (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-114376), filed on April 9, 2004)
    3.5    Certificate of Designations of Rights, Powers and Preferences of Series A Participating Preferred Stock of Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 9, 2006)
    4.1    Specimen Certificate evidencing shares of common stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-114376), filed on April 9, 2004)
    4.2    Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated November 17, 2003 among the Registrant and the parties listed therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-114376), filed on April 9, 2004)
    4.3    Form of Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement among the Registrant and certain parties to the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-114376), filed on April 9, 2004)
    4.4    Preferred Shares Rights Agreement, dated August 8, 2006, by and between Registrant and Mellon Investor Services LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 9, 2006)

 

93


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT
NUMBER

  

DESCRIPTION

    4.5    Form of Rights Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 9, 2006)
    4.6    Amendment to Rights Agreement dated July 10, 2008 between the Registrant and Mellon Investor Services LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 14, 2008)
    4.7    Second Amendment to Rights Agreement dated as of September 29, 2009 between the Registrant and Mellon Investor Services LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 30, 2009)
    4.8    Third Amendment to Rights Agreement dated as of March 11, 2011 between the Registrant and Mellon Investor Services LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 11, 2011)
    4.9    Form of Warrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 14, 2008)
    4.10    Form of Warrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 30, 2009)
    4.11    Form of Warrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 11, 2011)
    4.12    Form of Indenture (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to our Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed on June 10, 2011)
  10.1+    2001 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-114376), filed on April 9, 2004)
  10.2*    2004 Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan (as amended on May 19, 2010)
  10.3+    Amended and Restated 2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (as amended and restated effective May 22, 2009) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to our Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-164865) filed on February 11, 2010)
  10.4†    Agreement between the Registrant, Baxter International Inc. and Baxter Oncology GmbH, dated August 5, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-114376), filed on April 9, 2004)
  10.5†    Exclusive License Agreement by and between the Registrant, Dr. Theodore Lampidis and Dr. Waldemar Priebe, dated November 11, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-114376), filed on April 9, 2004)
  10.6    Loan and Security Agreement by and between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank, dated March 27, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-114376), filed on April 9, 2004)
  10.7    Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement by and between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank, dated April 7, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 15, 2006)
  10.8+    Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between the Registrant and its officers and directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-114376), filed on April 9, 2004)

 

94


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT
NUMBER

  

DESCRIPTION

  10.9†    Agreement by and between the Registrant and Aziende Chimiche Riunite Angelini Francesco - Acraf S.p.a. dated June 24, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 28, 2006)
  10.10    Sublease by and between the Registrant and ArQule, Inc. dated as of August 31, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-114376), filed on April 9, 2004)
  10.11    Offer Letter by and between the Registrant and William A. Halter dated September 3, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-114376), filed on April 9, 2004)
  10.12    Offer Letter by and between the Registrant and George G.C. Parker dated September 3, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-114376), filed on April 9, 2004).
  10.13†    Development Agreement by and between the Registrant and MediBIC Co. Ltd., dated November 30, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-114376), filed on April 9, 2004).
  10.14    Letter Agreement amending Development Agreement by and between the Registrant and MediBIC Co. Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-114376), filed on April 9, 2004)
  10.15+    2004 Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 24, 2005)
  10.16+    Consulting Agreement and Amendment to Stock Vesting Agreement by and between the Registrant and Dr. George F. Tidmarsh dated August 18, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 19, 2005)
  10.17    Triple Net Space Lease by and between the Registrant and Pacific Shores Investors, LLC, dated January 31, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 9, 2006)
  10.18    Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Options and Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 17, 2006)
  10.19+    Offer Letter by and between the Registrant and John G. Curd dated October 3, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 25, 2007)
  10.20+    Change of Control and Severance Agreement by and between the Registrant and John G. Curd dated October 19, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 25, 2007)
  10.21+    Offer Letter by and between the Registrant and Joel A. Fernandes dated November 1, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 2, 2007)
  10.22    Form of Securities Purchase Agreement dated July 9, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 14, 2008)
  10.23+    Form of Amended and Restated Change of Control Severance Agreement dated November 19, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 21, 2008)

 

95


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT
NUMBER

 

DESCRIPTION

  10.24   Form of Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of September 29, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 30, 2009)
  10.25   Waiver of rights, dated October 19, 2009, by the Federated Kaufmann Fund (“Kaufmann”), under Section 4.7 of the Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of September 29, 2009 between the Registrant and Kaufmann (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 8, 2010)
  10.26†   Exclusive License Agreement dated October 14, 2009 (effective October 5, 2009) by and between the Registrant and Eleison Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 8, 2010)
  10.27   At Market Issuance Sales Agreement by and between the Registrant and McNicoll, Lewis & Vlak LLC dated October 29, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 29, 2010)
  10.28   Sublease by and between the Registrant and Exelixis, Inc. dated as of July 25, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed on November 3, 2011)
  23.1*   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  23.2*   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  31.1*   Certification Pursuant to Rule 15d-14 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  31.2*   Certification Pursuant to Rule 15d-14 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  32.1*   Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  32.2*   Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
101.INS**   XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH**   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL**   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF**   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB**   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document
101.PRE**   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document+

 

* Filed herewith.

 

Confidential treatment granted as to certain portions, which portions have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC.

 

+ Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

** This information is deemed furnished and not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, is deemed not filed for purposes of section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise is not subject to liability under these sections.

 

96


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

  THRESHOLD PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

March 15, 2012

  By:  

/s/    H AROLD E. S ELICK , P H .D.        

   

Harold E. Selick, Ph.D.

Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    H AROLD E. S ELICK , P H .D.        

Harold E. Selick, Ph.D.

  

Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)

  March 15, 2012

/s/    J OEL A. F ERNANDES        

Joel A. Fernandes

  

Vice President, Finance and Controller
(principal financial and accounting officer)

  March 15, 2012

/s/    J EFFREY W. B IRD , M.D., P H .D.        

Jeffrey W. Bird, M.D., Ph.D.

  

Director

  March 15, 2012

/s/    B RUCE C. C OZADD        

Bruce C. Cozadd

  

Director

  March 15, 2012

/s/    D AVID R. H OFFMANN        

David R. Hoffmann

  

Director

  March 15, 2012

/s/    W ILFRED E. J AEGER , M.D.        

Wilfred E. Jaeger, M.D.

  

Director

  March 15, 2012

/s/    G EORGE G. C. P ARKER , P H .D.        

George G. C. Parker, Ph.D.

  

Director

  March 15, 2012

/s/    D AVID R. P ARKINSON , M.D.        

David R. Parkinson, M.D.

  

Director

  March 15, 2012

 

97

Exhibit 10.2

2004 AMENDED AND RESTATED EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN OF THRESHOLD PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

(as amended on May 19, 2010 (the “ Amendment Date ”))

 

1. Purpose of this Plan

The purpose of this 2004 Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan is to enhance the long-term stockholder value of Threshold Pharmaceuticals, Inc. by offering opportunities to eligible individuals to participate in the growth in value of the equity of Threshold Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

2. Definitions and Rules of Interpretation

2.1 Definitions .

This Plan uses the following defined terms:

(a) Administrator ” means the Board or the Committee, or any officer or employee of the Company to whom the Board or the Committee delegates authority to administer this Plan.

(b) Affiliate ” means a “parent” or “subsidiary” (as each is defined in Section 424 of the Code) of the Company and any other entity that the Board or Committee designates as an “Affiliate” for purposes of this Plan.

(c) Applicable Law ” means any and all laws of whatever jurisdiction, within or without the United States, and the rules of any stock exchange or quotation system on which Shares are listed or quoted, applicable to the taking or refraining from taking of any action under this Plan, including the administration of this Plan and the issuance or transfer of Awards or Award Shares.

(d) Award ” means a Stock Award, SAR, Cash Award, or Option granted in accordance with the terms of this Plan.

(e) Award Agreement ” means the document evidencing the grant of an Award.

(f) Award Shares ” means Shares covered by an outstanding Award or purchased under an Award.

(g) Awardee ” means: (i) a person to whom an Award has been granted, including a holder of a Substitute Award, (ii) a person to whom an Award has been transferred in accordance with all applicable requirements of Sections 6.5, 7(h), and 16.

(h) Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(i) Cash Award ” means the right to receive cash as described in Section 8.3.

(j) Cause ” means employment related dishonesty, fraud, misconduct or disclosure or misuse of confidential information, or other employment related conduct that is likely to cause significant injury to the Company, an Affiliate, or any of their respective employees, officers or directors (including, without limitation, commission of a felony or similar offense), in each case as determined by the Administrator. “Cause” shall not require that a civil judgment or criminal conviction have been entered against or guilty plea shall have been made by the Awardee regarding any of the matters referred to in the previous sentence. Accordingly, the Administrator shall be entitled to determine “Cause” based on the Administrator’s good faith belief. If the Awardee is criminally charged with a felony or similar offense that shall be a sufficient, but not a necessary, basis for such belief.

(k) Change in Control ” means any transaction or event that the Board specifies as a Change in Control under Section 10.4.

 

1


(l) Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

(m) Committee ” means a committee composed of Company Directors appointed in accordance with the Company’s charter documents and Section 4.

(n) Company ” means Threshold Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(o) Company Director ” means a member of the Board.

(p) Consultant ” means an individual who, or an employee of any entity that, provides bona fide services to the Company or an Affiliate not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction, but who is not an Employee.

(q) Director ” means a member of the Board of Directors of the Company or an Affiliate.

(r) Divestiture ” means any transaction or event that the Board specifies as a Divestiture under Section 10.5.

(s) Domestic Relations Order ” means a “domestic relations order” as defined in, and otherwise meeting the requirements of, Section 414(p) of the Code, except that reference to a “plan” in that definition shall be to this Plan.

(t) Effective Date ” means the first date of the sale by the Company of shares of its capital stock in an initial public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC.

(u) Employee ” means a regular employee of the Company or an Affiliate, including an officer or Director, who is treated as an employee in the personnel records of the Company or an Affiliate, but not individuals who are classified by the Company or an Affiliate as: (i) leased from or otherwise employed by a third party, (ii) independent contractors, or (iii) intermittent or temporary workers. The Company’s or an Affiliate’s classification of an individual as an “Employee” (or as not an “Employee”) for purposes of this Plan shall not be altered retroactively even if that classification is changed retroactively for another purpose as a result of an audit, litigation or otherwise. An Awardee shall not cease to be an Employee due to transfers between locations of the Company, or between the Company and an Affiliate, or to any successor to the Company or an Affiliate that assumes the Awardee’s Options under Section 10. Neither service as a Director nor receipt of a director’s fee shall be sufficient to make a Director an “Employee.”

(v) Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

(w) Executive ” means, if the Company has any class of any equity security registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, an individual who is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act or who is a “covered employee” under Section 162(m) of the Code, in either case because of the individual’s relationship with the Company or an Affiliate. If the Company does not have any class of any equity security registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, “Executive” means any (i) Director, (ii) officer elected or appointed by the Board, or (iii) beneficial owner of more than 10% of any class of the Company’s equity securities.

(x) Expiration Date ” means, with respect to an Award, the date stated in the Award Agreement as the expiration date of the Award or, if no such date is stated in the Award Agreement, then the last day of the maximum exercise period for the Award, disregarding the effect of an Awardee’s Termination or any other event that would shorten that period.

(y) Fair Market Value ” means the value of Shares as determined under Section 17.2.

(z) Fundamental Transaction ” means any transaction or event described in Section 10.3.

(aa) Good Reason ” means (i) a material diminution in responsibility or compensation, or (ii) requiring Awardee to work in a location (other than normal business travel) which is more than 50 miles from Awardee’s principal place of business before the change.

 

2


(bb) Grant Date ” means the date the Administrator approves the grant of an Award. However, if the Administrator specifies that an Award’s Grant Date is a future date or the date on which a condition is satisfied, the Grant Date for such Award is that future date or the date that the condition is satisfied.

(cc) Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code and designated as an Incentive Stock Option in the Award Agreement for that Option.

(dd) Involuntary Termination ” means termination by the Company without Cause or termination by the Awardee for Good Reason.

(ee) Nonstatutory Option ” means any Option other than an Incentive Stock Option.

(ff) Objectively Determinable Performance Condition ” shall mean a performance condition (i) that is established (A) at the time an Award is granted or (B) no later than the earlier of (1) 90 days after the beginning of the period of service to which it relates, or (2) before the elapse of 25% of the period of service to which it relates, (ii) that is uncertain of achievement at the time it is established, and (iii) the achievement of which is determinable by a third party with knowledge of the relevant facts. Examples of measures that may be used in Objectively Determinable Performance Conditions include net order dollars, net profit dollars, net profit growth, net revenue dollars, revenue growth, individual performance, earnings per share, return on assets, return on equity, and other financial objectives, objective customer satisfaction indicators and efficiency measures, each with respect to the Company and/or an Affiliate or individual business unit.

(gg) Officer ” means an officer of the Company as defined in Rule 16a-1 adopted under the Exchange Act.

(hh) Option ” means a right to purchase Shares of the Company granted under this Plan.

(ii) Option Price ” means the price payable under an Option for Shares, not including any amount payable in respect of withholding or other taxes.

(jj) Option Shares ” means Shares covered by an outstanding Option or purchased under an Option.

(kk) Plan ” means this 2004 Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan of Threshold Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

(ll) Prior Plan ” means the Company’s 2001 Equity Incentive Plan.

(mm) Purchase Price ” means the price payable under a Stock Award for Shares, not including any amount payable in respect of withholding or other taxes.

(nn) Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 adopted under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

(oo) SAR ” or “ Stock Appreciation Right ” means a right to receive cash and/or Shares based on a change in the Fair Market Value of a specific number of Shares pursuant to an Award Agreement, as described in Section 8.1.

(pp) Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933.

(qq) Share ” means a share of the common stock of the Company or other securities substituted for the common stock under Section 10.

(rr) Stock Award ” means an offer by the Company to sell shares subject to certain restrictions pursuant to the Award Agreement as described in Section 8.2 or, as determined by the Committee, a notional account representing the right to be paid an amount based on Shares.

 

3


(ss) Substitute Award ” means a Substitute Option, Substitute SAR or Substitute Stock Award granted in accordance with the terms of this Plan.

(tt) Substitute Option ” means an Option granted in substitution for, or upon the conversion of, an option granted by another entity to purchase equity securities in the granting entity.

(uu) Substitute SAR ” means a SAR granted in substitution for, or upon the conversion of, a stock appreciation right granted by another entity with respect to equity securities in the granting entity.

(vv) Substitute Stock Award ” means a Stock Award granted in substitution for, or upon the conversion of, a stock award granted by another entity to purchase equity securities in the granting entity.

(ww) Termination ” means that the Awardee has ceased to be, with or without any cause or reason, an Employee, Director or Consultant. However, unless so determined by the Administrator, or otherwise provided in this Plan, “Termination” shall not include a change in status from an Employee, Consultant or Director to another such status. An event that causes an Affiliate to cease being an Affiliate shall be treated as the “Termination” of that Affiliate’s Employees, Directors, and Consultants.

2.2 Rules of Interpretation . Any reference to a “Section,” without more, is to a Section of this Plan. Captions and titles are used for convenience in this Plan and shall not, by themselves, determine the meaning of this Plan. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular includes the plural and vice versa. Any reference to a statute is also a reference to the applicable rules and regulations adopted under that statute. Any reference to a statute, rule or regulation, or to a section of a statute, rule or regulation, is a reference to that statute, rule, regulation, or section as amended from time to time, both before and after the Effective Date and including any successor provisions.

 

3. Shares Subject to this Plan; Term of this Plan

3.1 Number of Award Shares . The Shares issuable under this Plan shall be authorized but unissued or reacquired Shares, including Shares repurchased by the Company on the open market. The number of Shares reserved for issuance over the remaining term of this Plan as of the Amendment Date shall be 4,172,804 1 (which number of Shares reflects all automatic increases pursuant to the last sentence of this Section 3.1 prior to the Amendment Date and all increases pursuant to the fourth sentence of this Section 3.1 prior to the Amendment Date). Except as required by Applicable Law, Shares shall not reduce the number of Shares reserved for issuance under this Plan until the earlier of the date such Shares are vested pursuant to the terms of the applicable Award or the actual date of delivery of the Shares to the Awardee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum number of Shares shall be increased by (i) the number of shares available for issuance, as of the Effective Date, under the Prior Plan as last approved by the Company’s stockholders, including the Shares subject to outstanding awards under the Prior Plan, plus (ii) those Shares issued under the Plan or Prior Plan that are forfeited or repurchased by the Company at the original purchase price or less or that are issuable upon exercise of awards granted under the Plan or Prior Plan that expire or become unexercisable for any reason after the Effective Date, plus (iii) those Shares that are Restored pursuant to the decision of the Board or Committee pursuant to Section 6.4(a) to deliver only such Shares as are necessary to award the net Share appreciation. The repurchase of Shares by the Company shall not increase the maximum number of Shares that may be issued under this Plan to the extent the Company repurchases Shares that were originally exercised or purchased with other previously owned Shares. The maximum number of Shares shall be cumulatively increased on the first January 1 after the Effective Date and each January 1 thereafter for 9 more years, by a number of Shares equal to the lesser of (a) 5% of the number of Shares issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31, (b) 1,250,000 2  Shares, and (c) a number of Shares set by the Board.

3.2 Source of Shares . Award Shares may be: (a) Shares that have never been issued, (b) Shares that have been issued but are no longer outstanding, or (c) Shares that are outstanding and are acquired to discharge the Company’s obligation to deliver Award Shares.

 

1   Reflects amendment effective May 19, 2010 and stock splits effective January 26, 2005 and August 20, 2008.
2   Reflects amendment effective May 19, 2010 and stock splits effective January 26, 2005 and August 20, 2008.

 

4


3.3 Term of this Plan

(a) This Plan shall be effective on, and Awards may be granted under this Plan on and after, the earliest the date on which the Plan has been both adopted by the Board and approved by the Company’s stockholders.

(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 13, Awards may be granted under this Plan for a period of ten years from the earlier of the date on which the Board approves this Plan and the date the Company’s stockholders approve this Plan. Accordingly, Awards may not be granted under this Plan after the earlier of those dates.

 

4. Administration

4.1 General

(a) The Board shall have ultimate responsibility for administering this Plan. The Board may delegate certain of its responsibilities to a Committee, which shall consist of at least two members of the Board. The Board or the Committee may further delegate its responsibilities to any Employee of the Company or any Affiliate. Where this Plan specifies that an action is to be taken or a determination made by the Board, only the Board may take that action or make that determination. Where this Plan specifies that an action is to be taken or a determination made by the Committee, only the Committee may take that action or make that determination. Where this Plan references the “Administrator,” the action may be taken or determination made by the Board, the Committee, or other Administrator. However, only the Board or the Committee may approve grants of Awards to Executives, and an Administrator other than the Board or the Committee may grant Awards only within the guidelines established by the Board or Committee. Moreover, all actions and determinations by any Administrator are subject to the provisions of this Plan.

(b) So long as the Company has registered a class of equity securities under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Committee shall consist of Company Directors who are “Non-Employee Directors” as defined in Rule 16b-3 and, after the expiration of any transition period permitted by Treasury Regulations Section 1.162-27(h)(3), who are “outside directors” as defined in Section 162(m) of the Code.

4.2 Authority of the Board or the Committee . Subject to the other provisions of this Plan, the Board or the Committee shall have the authority to:

(a) grant Awards, including Substitute Awards;

(b) determine the Fair Market Value of Shares;

(c) determine the Option Price and the Purchase Price of Awards;

(d) select the Awardees;

(e) determine the times Awards are granted;

(f) determine the number of Shares subject to each Award;

(g) determine the methods of payment that may be used to purchase Award Shares;

(h) determine the methods of payment that may be used to satisfy withholding tax obligations;

(i) determine the other terms of each Award, including but not limited to the time or times at which Awards may be exercised, whether and under what conditions an Award is assignable, and whether an Option is a Nonstatutory Option or an Incentive Stock Option;

(j) modify or amend any Award;

 

5


(k) authorize any person to sign any Award Agreement or other document related to this Plan on behalf of the Company;

(l) determine the form of any Award Agreement or other document related to this Plan, and whether that document, including signatures, may be in electronic form;

(m) interpret this Plan and any Award Agreement or document related to this Plan;

(n) correct any defect, remedy any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in this Plan, any Award Agreement or any other document related to this Plan;

(o) adopt, amend, and revoke rules and regulations under this Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans and Plan addenda;

(p) adopt, amend, and revoke special rules and procedures which may be inconsistent with the terms of this Plan, set forth (if the Administrator so chooses) in sub-plans regarding (for example) the operation and administration of this Plan and the terms of Awards, if and to the extent necessary or useful to accommodate non-U.S. Applicable Laws and practices as they apply to Awards and Award Shares held by, or granted or issued to, persons working or resident outside of the United States or employed by Affiliates incorporated outside the United States;

(q) determine whether a transaction or event should be treated as a Change in Control, a Divestiture or neither;

(r) determine the effect of a Fundamental Transaction and, if the Board determines that a transaction or event should be treated as a Change in Control or a Divestiture, then the effect of that Change in Control or Divestiture; and

(s) make all other determinations the Administrator deems necessary or advisable for the administration of this Plan.

4.3 Scope of Discretion . Subject to the provisions of this Section 4.3, on all matters for which this Plan confers the authority, right or power on the Board, the Committee, or other Administrator to make decisions, that body may make those decisions in its sole and absolute discretion. Those decisions will be final, binding and conclusive. In making its decisions, the Board, Committee or other Administrator need not treat all persons eligible to receive Awards, all Awardees, all Awards or all Award Shares the same way. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, and except as provided in Section 13.3, the discretion of the Board, Committee or other Administrator is subject to the specific provisions and specific limitations of this Plan, as well as all rights conferred on specific Awardees by Award Agreements and other agreements.

 

5. Persons Eligible to Receive Awards

5.1 Eligible Individuals . Awards (including Substitute Awards) may be granted to, and only to, Employees, Directors and Consultants, including to prospective Employees, Directors and Consultants conditioned on the beginning of their service for the Company or an Affiliate. However, Incentive Stock Options may only be granted to Employees, as provided in Section 7(g).

5.2 Section 162(m) Limitation .

(a) Options and SARs . Subject to the provisions of this Section 5.2, for so long as the Company is a “publicly held corporation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code: (i) no Employee may be granted one or more SARs and Options within any fiscal year of the Company under this Plan to purchase more than 202,401 3 Shares under Options or to receive compensation calculated with reference to more than that number of Shares under SARs, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 10, (ii) Options and SARs may be granted to an Executive only by the Committee (and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 4.1(a), not by the Board). If an Option or SAR is cancelled without being exercised or if the Option Price of an Option is reduced,

 

3   Reflects stock splits effective January 26, 2005 and August 20, 2008.

 

6


that cancelled or repriced Option or SAR shall continue to be counted against the limit on Awards that my be granted to any individual under this Section 5.2. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a new Employee of the Company or an Affiliate shall be eligible to receive up to a maximum of 303,601 4 Shares under Options in the calendar year which they commence employment, or such compensation calculated with reference to such number of Shares under SARs, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 10.

(b) Cash Awards and Stock Awards . Any Cash Award or Stock Award intended as “qualified performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code must vest or become exercisable contingent on the achievement of one or more Objectively Determinable Performance Conditions. The Committee shall have the discretion to determine the time and manner of compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

6. Terms and Conditions of Options

The following rules apply to all Options:

6.1 Price . Except as specifically provided herein, no Nonstatutory Option may have an Option Price less than 85% of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the Grant Date. No Option intended as “qualified incentive-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code may have an Option Price less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the Grant Date. In no event will the Option Price of any Option be less than the par value of the Shares issuable under the Option if that is required by Applicable Law. The Option Price of an Incentive Stock Option shall be subject to Section 7(f).

6.2 Term . No Option shall be exercisable after its Expiration Date. No Option may have an Expiration Date that is more than ten years after its Grant Date. Additional provisions regarding the term of Incentive Stock Options are provided in Sections 7(a) and 7(e).

6.3 Vesting . Options shall be exercisable: (a) on the Grant Date, or (b) in accordance with a schedule related to the Grant Date, the date the Optionee’s directorship, employment or consultancy begins, or a different date specified in the Option Agreement. Additional provisions regarding the vesting of Incentive Stock Options are provided in Section 7(c). No Option granted to an individual who is subject to the overtime pay provisions of the Fair Labor Standards Act may be exercised before the expiration of six months after the Grant Date.

6.4 Form and Method of Payment .

(a) The Board or Committee shall determine the acceptable form and method of payment for exercising an Option. So long as variable accounting pursuant to “APB 25” does not apply and the Board or Committee otherwise determines there is no material adverse accounting consequence at the time of exercise, the Board or Committee may require the delivery in Shares for the value of the net appreciation of the Shares at the time of exercise over the exercise price. The difference between full number of Shares covered by the exercised portion of the Award and the number of Shares actually delivered shall be restored to the amount of Shares reserved for issuance under Section 3.1.

(b) Acceptable forms of payment for all Option Shares are cash, check or wire transfer, denominated in U.S. dollars except as specified by the Administrator for non-U.S. Employees or non-U.S. sub-plans.

(c) In addition, the Administrator may permit payment to be made by any of the following methods:

(i) other Shares, or the designation of other Shares, which (A) are “mature” shares for purposes of avoiding variable accounting treatment under generally accepted accounting principles (generally mature shares are those that have been owned by the Optionee for more than six months on the date of surrender), and (B) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the Option Price of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised;

 

4   Reflects stock splits effective January 26, 2005 and August 20, 2008.

 

7


(ii) provided that a public market exists for the Shares, consideration received by the Company under a procedure under which a licensed broker-dealer advances funds on behalf of an Optionee or sells Option Shares on behalf of an Optionee (a “ Cashless Exercise Procedure ”), provided that if the Company extends or arranges for the extension of credit to an Optionee under any Cashless Exercise Procedure, no Officer or Director may participate in that Cashless Exercise Procedure;

(iii) cancellation of any debt owed by the Company or any Affiliate to the Optionee by the Company including without limitation waiver of compensation due or accrued for services previously rendered to the Company; and

(iv) any combination of the methods of payment permitted by any paragraph of this Section 6.4.

(d) The Administrator may also permit any other form or method of payment for Option Shares permitted by Applicable Law.

6.5 Nonassignability of Options . Except as determined by the Administrator, no Option shall be assignable or otherwise transferable by the Optionee except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. However, Options may be transferred and exercised in accordance with a Domestic Relations Order and may be exercised by a guardian or conservator appointed to act for the Optionee. Incentive Stock Options may only be assigned in compliance with Section 7(h).

6.6 Substitute Options . The Board may cause the Company to grant Substitute Options in connection with the acquisition by the Company or an Affiliate of equity securities of any entity (including by merger, tender offer, or other similar transaction) or of all or a portion of the assets of any entity. Any such substitution shall be effective on the effective date of the acquisition. Substitute Options may be Nonstatutory Options or Incentive Stock Options. Unless and to the extent specified otherwise by the Board, Substitute Options shall have the same terms and conditions as the options they replace, except that (subject to the provisions of Section 10) Substitute Options shall be Options to purchase Shares rather than equity securities of the granting entity and shall have an Option Price determined by the Board.

6.7 Repricings . Options may be repriced, replaced or regranted through cancellation or modification.

 

7. Incentive Stock Options .

The following rules apply only to Incentive Stock Options and only to the extent these rules are more restrictive than the rules that would otherwise apply under this Plan. With the consent of the Optionee, or where this Plan provides that an action may be taken notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the Administrator may deviate from the requirements of this Section, notwithstanding that any Incentive Stock Option modified by the Administrator will thereafter be treated as a Nonstatutory Option.

(a) The Expiration Date of an Incentive Stock Option shall not be later than ten years from its Grant Date, with the result that no Incentive Stock Option may be exercised after the expiration of ten years from its Grant Date.

(b) No Incentive Stock Option may be granted more than ten years from the date this Plan was approved by the Board.

(c) Options intended to be incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code that are granted to any single Optionee under all incentive stock option plans of the Company and its Affiliates, including incentive stock options granted under this Plan, may not vest at a rate of more than $100,000 in Fair Market Value of stock (measured on the grant dates of the options) during any calendar year. For this purpose, an option vests with respect to a given share of stock the first time its holder may purchase that share, notwithstanding any right of the Company to repurchase that share. Unless the administrator of that option plan specifies otherwise in the related agreement governing the option, this vesting limitation shall be applied by, to the extent necessary to satisfy this $100,000 rule, treating certain stock options that were intended to be incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code as Nonstatutory Options. The stock options or portions of stock options to be reclassified as Nonstatutory

 

8


Options are those with the highest option prices, whether granted under this Plan or any other equity compensation plan of the Company or any Affiliate that permits that treatment. This Section 7(c) shall not cause an Incentive Stock Option to vest before its original vesting date or cause an Incentive Stock Option that has already vested to cease to be vested.

(d) In order for an Incentive Stock Option to be exercised for any form of payment other than those described in Section 6.4(b), that right must be stated at the time of grant in the Option Agreement relating to that Incentive Stock Option.

(e) Any Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder, must have an Expiration Date that is not later than five years from its Grant Date, with the result that no such Option may be exercised after the expiration of five years from the Grant Date. A “ Ten Percent Stockholder ” is any person who, directly or by attribution under Section 424(d) of the Code, owns stock possessing more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Affiliate on the Grant Date.

(f) The Option Price of an Incentive Stock Option shall never be less than the Fair Market Value of the Shares at the Grant Date. The Option Price for the Shares covered by an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder shall never be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Shares at the Grant Date.

(g) Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees. If an Optionee changes status from an Employee to a Consultant, that Optionee’s Incentive Stock Options become Nonstatutory Options if not exercised within the time period described in Section 7(i) (determined by treating that change in status as a Termination solely for purposes of this Section 7(g)).

(h) No rights under an Incentive Stock Option may be transferred by the Optionee, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. During the life of the Optionee, an Incentive Stock Option may be exercised only by the Optionee. The Company’s compliance with a Domestic Relations Order, or the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option by a guardian or conservator appointed to act for the Optionee, shall not violate this Section 7(h).

(i) An Incentive Stock Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Option if it remains exercisable after, and is not exercised within, the three-month period beginning with the Optionee’s Termination for any reason other than the Optionee’s death or disability (as defined in Section 22(e) of the Code). In the case of Termination due to death, an Incentive Stock Option shall continue to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if it remains exercisable after, and is not exercised within, the three month period after the Optionee’s Termination provided it is exercised before the Expiration Date. In the case of Termination due to disability, an Incentive Stock Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Option if it remains exercisable after, and is not exercised within, one year after the Optionee’s Termination.

(j) An Incentive Stock Option may only be modified by the Board.

 

8. Stock Appreciation Rights, Stock Awards and Cash Awards

8.1 Stock Appreciation Rights . The following rules apply to SARs:

(a) General . SARs may be granted either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with other Awards granted under this Plan. The Administrator may grant SARs to eligible participants subject to terms and conditions not inconsistent with this Plan and determined by the Administrator. The specific terms and conditions applicable to the Awardee shall be provided for in the Award Agreement. SARs shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, at such times as the Administrator shall specify in the Award Agreement. The grant or vesting of a SAR may be made contingent on the achievement of Objectively Determinable Performance Conditions.

(b) Exercise of SARs . Upon the exercise of an SAR, in whole or in part, an Awardee shall be entitled to a payment in an amount equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of a fixed number of Shares covered by the exercised portion of the SAR on the date of exercise, over the Fair Market Value of the Shares covered by the exercised portion of the SAR on the Grant Date. The amount due to the Awardee upon the exercise of a SAR shall be paid in cash, Shares or a combination thereof, over the period or periods specified in the Award

 

9


Agreement. An Award Agreement may place limits on the amount that may be paid over any specified period or periods upon the exercise of a SAR, on an aggregate basis or as to any Awardee. A SAR shall be considered exercised when the Company receives written notice of exercise in accordance with the terms of the Award Agreement from the person entitled to exercise the SAR. If a SAR has been granted in tandem with an Option, upon the exercise of the SAR, the number of shares that may be purchased pursuant to the Option shall be reduced by the number of shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised.

(c) Nonassignability of SARs . Except as determined by the Administrator, no SAR shall be assignable or otherwise transferable by the Awardee except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, SARs may be transferred and exercised in accordance with a Domestic Relations Order.

(d) Substitute SARs . The Board may cause the Company to grant Substitute SARs in connection with the acquisition by the Company or an Affiliate of equity securities of any entity (including by merger) or all or a portion of the assets of any entity. Any such substitution shall be effective on the effective date of the acquisition. Unless and to the extent specified otherwise by the Board, Substitute SARs shall have the same terms and conditions as the options they replace, except that (subject to the provisions of Section 9) Substitute SARs shall be exercisable with respect to the Fair Market Value of Shares rather than equity securities of the granting entity and shall be on terms that, as determined by the Board in its sole and absolute discretion, properly reflects the substitution.

(e) Repricings . A SAR may be repriced, replaced or regranted, through cancellation or modification.

8.2 Stock Awards . The following rules apply to all Stock Awards:

(a) General . The specific terms and conditions of a Stock Award applicable to the Awardee shall be provided for in the Award Agreement. The Award Agreement shall state the number of Shares that the Awardee shall be entitled to receive or purchase, the terms and conditions on which the Shares shall vest, the price to be paid, whether Shares are to be delivered at the time of grant or at some deferred date specified in the Award Agreement, whether the Award is payable solely in Shares, cash or either and, if applicable, the time within which the Awardee must accept such offer. The offer shall be accepted by execution of the Award Agreement. The Administrator may require that all Shares subject to a right of repurchase or risk of forfeiture be held in escrow until such repurchase right or risk of forfeiture lapses. The grant or vesting of a Stock Award may be made contingent on the achievement of Objectively Determinable Performance Conditions.

(b) Right of Repurchase . If so provided in the Award Agreement, Award Shares acquired pursuant to a Stock Award may be subject to repurchase by the Company or an Affiliate if not vested in accordance with the Award Agreement.

(c) Form of Payment . The Administrator shall determine the acceptable form and method of payment for exercising a Stock Award. Acceptable forms of payment for all Award Shares are cash, check or wire transfer, denominated in U.S. dollars except as specified by the Administrator for non-U.S. sub-plans. In addition, the Administrator may permit payment to be made by any of the methods permitted with respect to the exercise of Options pursuant to Section 6.4.

(d) Nonassignability of Stock Awards . Except as determined by the Administrator, no Stock Award shall be assignable or otherwise transferable by the Awardee except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Stock Awards may be transferred and exercised in accordance with a Domestic Relations Order.

(e) Substitute Stock Award . The Board may cause the Company to grant Substitute Stock Awards in connection with the acquisition by the Company or an Affiliate of equity securities of any entity (including by merger) or all or a portion of the assets of any entity. Unless and to the extent specified otherwise by the Board, Substitute Stock Awards shall have the same terms and conditions as the stock awards they replace, except that (subject to the provisions of Section 10) Substitute Stock Awards shall be Stock Awards to purchase Shares rather than equity securities of the granting entity and shall have a Purchase Price that, as determined by the

 

10


Board in its sole and absolute discretion, properly reflects the substitution. Any such Substituted Stock Award shall be effective on the effective date of the acquisition.

8.3 Cash Awards . The following rules apply to all Cash Awards:

Cash Awards may be granted either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with other Awards granted under this Plan. After the Administrator determines that it will offer a Cash Award, it shall advise the Awardee, by means of an Award Agreement, of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the Cash Award.

 

9. Exercise of Awards

9.1 In General . An Award shall be exercisable in accordance with this Plan and the Award Agreement under which it is granted.

9.2 Time of Exercise . Options and Stock Awards shall be considered exercised when the Company receives: (a) written notice of exercise from the person entitled to exercise the Option or Stock Award, (b) full payment, or provision for payment, in a form and method approved by the Administrator, for the Shares for which the Option or Stock Award is being exercised, and (c) with respect to Nonstatutory Options, payment, or provision for payment, in a form approved by the Administrator, of all applicable withholding taxes due upon exercise. An Award may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share. SARs shall be considered exercised when the Company receives written notice of the exercise from the person entitled to exercise the SAR.

9.3 Issuance of Award Shares . The Company shall issue Award Shares in the name of the person properly exercising the Award. If the Awardee is that person and so requests, the Award Shares shall be issued in the name of the Awardee and the Awardee’s spouse. The Company shall endeavor to issue Award Shares promptly after an Award is exercised or after the Grant Date of a Stock Award, as applicable. Until Award Shares are actually issued, as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the stock register of the Company or its transfer agent, the Awardee will not have the rights of a stockholder with respect to those Award Shares, even though the Awardee has completed all the steps necessary to exercise the Award. No adjustment shall be made for any dividend, distribution, or other right for which the record date precedes the date the Award Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 10.

9.4 Termination

(a) In General . Except as provided in an Award Agreement or in writing by the Administrator, including in an Award Agreement, and as otherwise provided in Sections 9.4(b), (c), (d) and (e) after an Awardee’s Termination for other than Cause, the Awardee’s Awards shall be exercisable to the extent (but only to the extent) they are vested on the date of that Termination and only during the ninety (90) days after the Termination, but in no event after the Expiration Date. Unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, in the event of termination for Cause the Award may not be exercised after the date of Termination. To the extent the Awardee does not exercise an Award within the time specified for exercise, the Award shall automatically terminate.

(b) Leaves of Absence . Unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, no Award may be exercised more than three months after the beginning of a leave of absence, other than a personal or medical leave approved by an authorized representative of the Company with employment guaranteed upon return. Awards shall not continue to vest during a leave of absence, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator with respect to an approved personal or medical leave with employment guaranteed upon return.

(c) Death or Disability . Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if an Awardee’s Termination is due to death or disability (as determined by the Administrator with respect to all Awards other than Incentive Stock Options and as defined by Section 22(e) of the Code with respect to Incentive Stock Options), all Awards of that Awardee to the extent exercisable at the date of that Termination may be exercised for one year after that Termination, but in no event after the Expiration Date. In the case of Termination due to death, an Award may be exercised as provided in Section 16. In the case of Termination due to disability, if a guardian or conservator has been appointed to act for the Awardee and been granted this authority as part of that appointment, that guardian or conservator may exercise the Award on behalf of the Awardee. Death or disability occurring after an Awardee’s

 

11


Termination shall not cause the Termination to be treated as having occurred due to death or disability. To the extent an Award is not so exercised within the time specified for its exercise, the Award shall automatically terminate.

(d) Divestiture . If an Awardee’s Termination is due to a Divestiture, the Board may take any one or more of the actions described in Section 10.3 or 10.4 with respect to the Awardee’s Awards.

(e) Administrator Discretion . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 9.4(a)–(e), the Plan Administrator shall have complete discretion, exercisable either at the time an Award is granted or at any time while the Award remains outstanding, to:

(i) Extend the period of time for which the Award is to remain exercisable, following the Awardee’s Termination, from the limited exercise period otherwise in effect for that Award to such greater period of time as the Administrator shall deem appropriate, but in no event beyond the Expiration Date; and/or

(ii) Permit the Award to be exercised, during the applicable post-Termination exercise period, not only with respect to the number of vested Shares for which such Award may be exercisable at the time of the Awardee’s Termination but also with respect to one or more additional installments in which the Awardee would have vested had the Awardee not been subject to Termination.

(f) Consulting or Employment Relationship . Nothing in this Plan or in any Award Agreement, and no Award or the fact that Award Shares remain subject to repurchase rights, shall: (A) interfere with or limit the right of the Company or any Affiliate to terminate the employment or consultancy of any Awardee at any time, whether with or without cause or reason, and with or without the payment of severance or any other compensation or payment, or (B) interfere with the application of any provision in any of the Company’s or any Affiliate’s charter documents or Applicable Law relating to the election, appointment, term of office, or removal of a Director.

 

10. Certain Transactions and Events

10.1 In General . Except as provided in this Section 10, no change in the capital structure of the Company, merger, sale or other disposition of assets or a subsidiary, change in control, issuance by the Company of shares of any class of securities or securities convertible into shares of any class of securities, exchange or conversion of securities, or other transaction or event shall require or be the occasion for any adjustments of the type described in this Section 10. Additional provisions with respect to the foregoing transactions are set forth in Section 13.3.

10.2 Changes in Capital Structure . In the event of any stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, combination or reclassification of stock, stock dividend, spin-off, or similar change to the capital structure of the Company (not including a Fundamental Transaction or Change in Control), the Board shall make whatever adjustments it concludes are appropriate to: (a) the number and type of Awards that may be granted under this Plan, (b) the number and type of Options that may be granted to any individual under this Plan, (c) the terms of any SAR, (d) the Purchase Price of any Stock Award, (e) the Option Price and number and class of securities issuable under each outstanding Option, and (f) the repurchase price of any securities substituted for Award Shares that are subject to repurchase rights. The specific adjustments shall be determined by the Board. Unless the Board specifies otherwise, any securities issuable as a result of any such adjustment shall be rounded down to the next lower whole security. The Board need not adopt the same rules for each Award or each Awardee.

10.3 Fundamental Transactions . In the event of (a) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving corporation (other than a merger or consolidation with a wholly-owned subsidiary, a reincorporation of the Company in a different jurisdiction, or other transaction in which there is no substantial change in the stockholders of the Company or their relative stock holdings and the Awards granted under this Plan are assumed, converted or replaced by the successor corporation, which assumption shall be binding on all Participants), (b) a merger in which the Company is the surviving corporation but after which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger (other than any stockholder that merges, or which owns or controls another corporation that merges, with the Company in such merger) cease to own their shares or other equity interest

 

12


in the Company, (c) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or (d) the acquisition, sale, or transfer of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Company by tender offer or similar transaction (each, a “ Fundamental Transaction ”), any or all outstanding Awards may be assumed, converted or replaced by the successor corporation (if any), which assumption, conversion or replacement shall be binding on all participants under this Plan. In the alternative, the successor corporation may substitute equivalent Awards or provide substantially similar consideration to participants as was provided to stockholders (after taking into account the existing provisions of the Awards). The successor corporation may also issue, in place of outstanding Shares held by the participants, substantially similar shares or other property subject to repurchase restrictions no less favorable to the participant. In the event such successor corporation (if any) does not assume or substitute Awards, as provided above, pursuant to a transaction described in this Subsection 10.3, the vesting with respect to such Awards shall fully and immediately accelerate or the repurchase rights of the Company shall fully and immediately terminate, as the case may be, so that the Awards may be exercised or the repurchase rights shall terminate before, or otherwise in connection with the closing or completion of the Fundamental Transaction or event, but then terminate. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide that the vesting of any or all Award Shares subject to vesting or right of repurchase shall accelerate or lapse, as the case may be, upon a transaction described in this Section 10.3. If the Committee exercises such discretion with respect to Options, such Options shall become exercisable in full prior to the consummation of such event at such time and on such conditions as the Committee determines, and if such Options are not exercised prior to the consummation of the Fundamental Transaction, they shall terminate at such time as determined by the Committee. Subject to any greater rights granted to participants under the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.3, in the event of the occurrence of any Fundamental Transaction, any outstanding Awards shall be treated as provided in the applicable agreement or plan of merger, consolidation, dissolution, liquidation, or sale of assets.

10.4 Changes of Control . The Board may also, but need not, specify that other transactions or events constitute a “Change in Control.” The Board may do that either before or after the transaction or event occurs. Examples of transactions or events that the Board may treat as Changes of Control are: (a) any person or entity, including a “group” as contemplated by Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, acquires securities holding 30% or more of the total combined voting power or value of the Company, or (b) as a result of or in connection with a contested election of Company Directors, the persons who were Company Directors immediately before the election cease to constitute a majority of the Board. In connection with a Change in Control, notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the Board may, but need not, take any one or more of the actions described in Section 10.3. In addition, the Board may extend the date for the exercise of Awards (but not beyond their original Expiration Date). The Board need not adopt the same rules for each Award or each Awardee. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, in the event of an Involuntary Termination of services for any reason other than death, disability or Cause, within 18 months following the consummation of a Fundamental Transaction or Change in Control, any Awards, assumed or substituted in a Fundamental Transaction or Change in Control, which are subject to vesting conditions and/or the right of repurchase in favor of the Company or a successor entity, shall accelerate for 12 months of vesting so that such Award Shares are immediately exercisable upon Termination or, if subject to the right of repurchase in favor of the Company, such repurchase rights shall lapse as of the date of Termination. Such Awards shall be exercisable for a period of three (3) months following termination.

10.5 Divestiture . If the Company or an Affiliate sells or otherwise transfers equity securities of an Affiliate to a person or entity other than the Company or an Affiliate, or leases, exchanges or transfers all or any portion of its assets to such a person or entity, then the Board may specify that such transaction or event constitutes a “Divestiture.” In connection with a Divestiture, notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the Board may, but need not, take one or more of the actions described in Section 10.3 or 10.4 with respect to Awards of Award Shares held by, for example, Employees, Directors or Consultants for whom that transaction or event results in a Termination. The Board need not adopt the same rules for each Award or Awardee.

10.6 Dissolution . If the Company adopts a plan of dissolution, the Board may cause Awards to be fully vested and exercisable (but not after their Expiration Date) before the dissolution is completed but contingent on its completion and may cause the Company’s repurchase rights on Award Shares to lapse upon completion of the dissolution. The Board need not adopt the same rules for each Award or each Awardee. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event of a dissolution of the Company, to the extent not exercised before the earlier of the completion of the dissolution or their Expiration Date, Awards shall terminate immediately prior to the dissolution.

 

13


10.7 Cut-Back to Preserve Benefits . If the Administrator determines that the net after-tax amount to be realized by any Awardee, taking into account any accelerated vesting, termination of repurchase rights, or cash payments to that Awardee in connection with any transaction or event set forth in this Section 10 would be greater if one or more of those steps were not taken or payments were not made with respect to that Awardee’s Awards or Award Shares, then, at the election of the Awardee, to such extent, one or more of those steps shall not be taken and payments shall not be made.

 

11. Automatic Option Grants to Non-Employee Directors and Non-Employee Director Fee Option Grants

11.1 Automatic Option Grants to Non-Employee Directors .

(a) Grant Dates . Option grants to Non-Employee Directors shall be made on the dates specified below:

(i) Each Non-Employee Director who is first elected or appointed to the Board at any time after the effective date of this Plan shall automatically be granted, on the date of such initial election or appointment, an Option to purchase 25,000 5  Shares (the “ Initial Grant ”).

(ii) Commencing in 2005, on the date of each annual stockholders meeting, each individual who is to continue to serve as a Non-Employee Director shall automatically be granted an Option to purchase 12,500 6 Shares (the “ Annual Grant ”), provided, however, that such individual has served as a Non-Employee Director for at least six (6) months.

(b) Exercise Price .

(i) The Option Price shall be equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the Option grant date.

(ii) The Option Price shall be payable in one or more of the alternative forms authorized pursuant to Section 6.4. Except to the extent the sale and remittance procedure specified thereunder is utilized, payment of the Option Price must be made on the date of exercise.

(c) Option Term . Each Option shall have a term of ten (10) years measured from the Option grant date.

(d) Exercise and Vesting of Options . Except as otherwise determined by the whole Board, the Shares underlying each Option granted pursuant to Section 11.1 shall vest and be exercisable as set forth below.

(i) Initial Grant . The Shares underlying each Option issued pursuant to the Initial Grant shall vest and be exercisable as to 2.7777% of the Shares on each monthly anniversary of the date of grant, rounded down to the nearest whole Share, for so long as the Non-Employee Director continuously remains a Director of, or a Consultant to, the Company.

(ii) Annual Grant . The Shares underlying each Option issued pursuant to the Annual Grant shall vest and be exercisable as to 8.3333% of the Shares on each monthly anniversary of the date of grant for the first 11 months following the date of grant and as to the remaining Shares on the date of the annual stockholders meeting for the year following the year of grant for such Option, rounded down to the nearest whole Share, for so long as the Non-Employee Director continuously remains a Director of, or a Consultant to, the Company.

(e) Termination of Service . The following provisions shall govern the exercise of any Options held by the Awardee at the time the Awardee ceases to serve as a Non-Employee Director, Employee or Consultant:

 

5   Reflects amendment effective May 19, 2005 and stock split effective August 20, 2008.
6   Reflects amendments effective May 19, 2005, May 22, 2009 and May 19, 2010.

 

14


(i) In General . Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.3, after cessation of service (the “ Cessation Date ”), the Awardee’s Options shall be exercisable to the extent (but only to the extent) they are vested on the Cessation Date and only during the three months after such Cessation Date, but in no event after the Expiration Date. To the extent the Awardee does not exercise an Option within the time specified for exercise, the Option shall automatically terminate.

(ii) Death or Disability . If an Awardee’s cessation of service is due to death or disability (as determined by the Board), all Options of that Awardee, to the extent exercisable upon such Cessation Date, may be exercised for one year after the Cessation Date, but in no event after the Expiration Date. In the case of a cessation of service due to death, an Option may be exercised as provided in Section 16. In the case of a cessation of service due to disability, if a guardian or conservator has been appointed to act for the Awardee and been granted this authority as part of that appointment, that guardian or conservator may exercise the Option on behalf of the Awardee. Death or disability occurring after an Awardee’s cessation of service shall not cause the cessation of service to be treated as having occurred due to death or disability. To the extent an Option is not so exercised within the time specified for its exercise, the Option shall automatically terminate.

(f) Board Discretion . The Awards under this Section 11.1 are not intended as the exclusive Awards that may be made to Non-Employee Directors under this Plan. The Board may, in its discretion, amend the Plan with respect to the terms of the Awards herein, may add or substitute other types of Awards or may temporarily or permanently suspend Awards hereunder, all without approval of the Company’s stockholders.

11.2 Director Fee Option Grants

(a) Option Grants . The Board shall have the sole and exclusive authority to determine the calendar year or years for which the Director fee option grant program (the “ Director Fee Option Program ”) is to be in effect. For each such calendar year the program is in effect, each Non-Employee Director may elect to apply all or any portion of the annual retainer fee otherwise payable in cash, for his or her service on the Board for that year, to the acquisition of a special Option grant under this Director Fee Option Program. Such election must be filed with the Company’s Chief Financial Officer prior to first day of the calendar year for which the annual retainer fee which is the subject of that election is otherwise payable. Each Non-Employee Director who files such a timely election shall automatically be granted an Option under this Director Fee Option Program on the first trading day in January in the calendar year for which the annual retainer fee which is the subject of that election would otherwise be payable in cash.

(b) Option Terms . Each Option shall be a Nonstatutory Option governed by the terms and conditions specified below.

(i) Exercise Price .

A. The Purchase Price shall be thirty-three and one-third percent (33  1 / 3 %) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the Option grant date.

B. The Purchase Price shall become immediately due upon exercise of the Option and shall be payable in one or more of the alternative forms authorized pursuant to Section 6.4 of this Plan. Except to the extent the sale and remittance procedure specified thereunder is utilized, payment of the Purchase Price must be made on the date that the Option is exercised.

(ii) Number of Option Shares . The number of Shares subject to the Option shall be determined pursuant to the following formula (rounded down to the nearest whole number):

X = A ÷ (B x 66  2 / 3 %), where

X is the number of Option Shares,

A is the portion of the annual retainer fee subject to the Non-Employee Director’s election, and

B is the Fair Market Value of a Share on the option grant date.

 

15


(iii) Exercise and Term of Options . The Option shall become exercisable in a series of twelve (12) equal monthly installments upon the Awardee’s completion of each month of Board service over the twelve (12)-month period measured from the grant date. Each Option shall have a maximum term of ten (10) years measured from the Option grant date.

(iv) Termination of Board Service . Should the Awardee cease Board service for any reason (other than death or permanent disability) while holding one or more Options under this Director Fee Option Program, then each such Option shall remain exercisable, for any or all of the Shares for which the Option is exercisable at the time of such cessation of Board service, until the earlier of (x) the expiration of the ten (10)-year Option term or (y) the expiration of the three (3)-year period measured from the date of such cessation of Board service. However, each Option held by the Awardee under this Director Fee Option Program at the time of his or her cessation of Board service shall immediately terminate and cease to remain outstanding with respect to any and all Shares for which the Option is not otherwise at that time exercisable.

(v) Death or Permanent Disability . Should the Awardee’s service as a Board member cease by reason of death or permanent disability, then each Option held by such Awardee under this Director Fee Option Program shall immediately become exercisable for all the Shares at the time subject to that Option, and the Option may be exercised for any or all of those Shares as fully-vested Shares until the earlier of (x) the expiration of the ten (10)-year option term or (y) the expiration of the three (3)-year period measured from the date of such cessation of Board service.

Should the Awardee die after cessation of his or her Board service but while holding one or more Options under this Director Fee Option Program, then each such Option may be exercised, for any or all of the shares for which the Option is exercisable at the time of the Awardee’s cessation of Board service (less any Shares subsequently purchased by the Awardee prior to death), by the personal representative of the Awardee’s estate or by the person or persons to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Awardee’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution or by the designated beneficiary or beneficiaries of such option. Such right of exercise shall lapse, and the Option shall terminate, upon the earlier of (xx) the expiration of the ten (10)-year Option term or (yy) the three (3)-year period measured from the date of the Awardee’s cessation of Board service.

11.3 Certain Transactions and Events

(a) In the event of a Fundamental Transaction while the Awardee remains a Non-Employee Director, the Shares at the time subject to each outstanding Option held by such Awardee pursuant to Section 11, but not otherwise vested, shall automatically vest in full so that each such Option shall, immediately prior to the effective date of the Fundamental Transaction, become exercisable for all the Shares as fully vested Shares and may be exercised for any or all of those vested Shares. Immediately following the consummation of the Fundamental Transaction, each Option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding, except to the extent assumed by the successor corporation (or Affiliate thereof).

(b) In the event of a Change in Control while the Awardee remains a Non-Employee Director, the Shares at the time subject to each outstanding Option held by such Awardee pursuant to Section 11, but not otherwise vested, shall automatically vest in full so that each such Option shall, immediately prior to the effective date of the Change in Control, become exercisable for all the Shares as fully vested Shares and may be exercised for any or all of those vested Shares. Each such Option shall remain exercisable for such fully vested Shares until the expiration or sooner termination of the Option term in connection with a Change in Control.

(c) Each Option which is assumed in connection with a Fundamental Transaction shall be appropriately adjusted, immediately after such Fundamental Transaction, to apply to the number and class of securities which would have been issuable to the Awardee in consummation of such Fundamental Transaction had the Option been exercised immediately prior to such Fundamental Transaction. Appropriate adjustments shall also be made to the Option Price payable per share under each outstanding Option, provided the aggregate Option Price payable for such securities shall remain the same. To the extent the actual holders of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock receive cash consideration for their Common Stock in consummation of the Fundamental Transaction, the successor corporation may, in connection with the assumption of the outstanding Options granted pursuant to Section 11, substitute one or more shares of its own common stock with a fair market value equivalent to the cash consideration paid per share of Common Stock in such Fundamental Transaction.

 

16


(d) The grant of Options pursuant to Section 11 shall in no way affect the right of the Company to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

(e) The remaining terms of each Option granted pursuant to Section 11 shall, as applicable, be the same as terms in effect for Awards granted under this Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of Section 9.4 and Section 10 shall not apply to Options granted pursuant to Section 11.

11.4 Limited Transferability of Options . Each Option granted pursuant to Section 11 may be assigned in whole or in part during the Awardee’s lifetime to one or more members of the Awardee’s family or to a trust established exclusively for one or more such family members or to an entity in which the Awardee is majority owner or to the Awardee’s former spouse, to the extent such assignment is in connection with the Awardee’s estate or financial plan or pursuant to a Domestic Relations Order. The assigned portion may only be exercised by the person or persons who acquire a proprietary interest in the Option pursuant to the assignment. The terms applicable to the assigned portion shall be the same as those in effect for the Option immediately prior to such assignment and shall be set forth in such documents issued to the assignee as the Administrator may deem appropriate. The Awardee may also designate one or more persons as the beneficiary or beneficiaries of his or her outstanding Options under Section 11, and those Options shall, in accordance with such designation, automatically be transferred to such beneficiary or beneficiaries upon the Awardee’s death while holding those Options. Such beneficiary or beneficiaries shall take the transferred Options subject to all the terms and conditions of the applicable Award Agreement evidencing each such transferred Option, including (without limitation) the limited time period during which the Option may be exercised following the Awardee’s death.

 

12. Withholding and Tax Reporting

12.1 Tax Withholding Alternatives

(a) General . Whenever Award Shares are issued or become free of restrictions, the Company may require the Awardee to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy any applicable tax withholding requirement, whether the related tax is imposed on the Awardee or the Company. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver Award Shares or release Award Shares from an escrow or permit a transfer of Award Shares until the Awardee has satisfied those tax withholding obligations. Whenever payment in satisfaction of Awards is made in cash, the payment will be reduced by an amount sufficient to satisfy all tax withholding requirements.

(b) Method of Payment . The Awardee shall pay any required withholding using the forms of consideration described in Section 6.4(b), except that, in the discretion of the Administrator, the Company may also permit the Awardee to use any of the forms of payment described in Section 6.4(c). The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may also permit Award Shares to be withheld to pay required withholding. If the Administrator permits Award Shares to be withheld, the Fair Market Value of the Award Shares withheld, as determined as of the date of withholding, shall not exceed the amount determined by the applicable minimum statutory withholding rates.

12.2 Reporting of Dispositions . Any holder of Option Shares acquired under an Incentive Stock Option shall promptly notify the Administrator, following such procedures as the Administrator may require, of the sale or other disposition of any of those Option Shares if the disposition occurs during: (a) the longer of two years after the Grant Date of the Incentive Stock Option and one year after the date the Incentive Stock Option was exercised, or (b) such other period as the Administrator has established.

 

13. Compliance with Law

The grant of Awards and the issuance and subsequent transfer of Award Shares shall be subject to compliance with all Applicable Law, including all applicable securities laws. Awards may not be exercised, and Award Shares may not be transferred, in violation of Applicable Law. Thus, for example, Awards may not be exercised unless: (a) a registration statement under the Securities Act is then in effect with respect to the related Award Shares, or (b) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, those Award Shares may be issued in accordance with an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and any other applicable securities laws. The failure or inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body the authority

 

17


considered by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary or useful for the lawful issuance of any Award Shares or their subsequent transfer shall relieve the Company of any liability for failing to issue those Award Shares or permitting their transfer. As a condition to the exercise of any Award or the transfer of any Award Shares, the Company may require the Awardee to satisfy any requirements or qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate to comply with or evidence compliance with any Applicable Law.

 

14. Amendment or Termination of this Plan or Outstanding Awards

14.1 Amendment and Termination . The Board may at any time amend, suspend, or terminate this Plan.

14.2 Stockholder Approval . The Company shall obtain the approval of the Company’s stockholders for any amendment to this Plan if stockholder approval is necessary or desirable to comply with any Applicable Law or with the requirements applicable to the grant of Awards intended to be Incentive Stock Options. The Board may also, but need not, require that the Company’s stockholders approve any other amendments to this Plan.

14.3 Effect . No amendment, suspension, or termination of this Plan, and no modification of any Award even in the absence of an amendment, suspension, or termination of this Plan, shall impair any existing contractual rights of any Awardee unless the affected Awardee consents to the amendment, suspension, termination, or modification. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no such consent shall be required if the Board determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, that the amendment, suspension, termination, or modification: (a) is required or advisable in order for the Company, this Plan or the Award to satisfy Applicable Law, to meet the requirements of any accounting standard or to avoid any adverse accounting treatment, or (b) in connection with any transaction or event described in Section 10, is in the best interests of the Company or its stockholders. The Board may, but need not, take the tax or accounting consequences to affected Awardees into consideration in acting under the preceding sentence. Those decisions shall be final, binding and conclusive. Termination of this Plan shall not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it under this Plan with respect to Awards granted before the termination of Award Shares issued under such Awards even if those Award Shares are issued after the termination.

 

15. Reserved Rights

15.1 Nonexclusivity of this Plan . This Plan shall not limit the power of the Company or any Affiliate to adopt other incentive arrangements including, for example, the grant or issuance of stock options, stock, or other equity-based rights under other plans.

15.2 Unfunded Plan . This Plan shall be unfunded. Although bookkeeping accounts may be established with respect to Awardees, any such accounts will be used merely as a convenience. The Company shall not be required to segregate any assets on account of this Plan, the grant of Awards, or the issuance of Award Shares. The Company and the Administrator shall not be deemed to be a trustee of stock or cash to be awarded under this Plan. Any obligations of the Company to any Awardee shall be based solely upon contracts entered into under this Plan, such as Award Agreements. No such obligations shall be deemed to be secured by any pledge or other encumbrance on any assets of the Company. Neither the Company nor the Administrator shall be required to give any security or bond for the performance of any such obligations.

 

16. Special Arrangements Regarding Award Shares

16.1 Escrow of Stock Certificates . To enforce any restrictions on Award Shares, the Administrator may require their holder to deposit the certificates representing Award Shares, with stock powers or other transfer instruments approved by the Administrator endorsed in blank, with the Company or an agent of the Company to hold in escrow until the restrictions have lapsed or terminated. The Administrator may also cause a legend or legends referencing the restrictions to be placed on the certificates.

16.2 Repurchase Rights

(a) General . If a Stock Award is subject to vesting conditions, the Company shall have the right, during the seven months after the Awardee’s Termination, to repurchase any or all of the Award Shares that

 

18


were unvested as of the date of that Termination. The repurchase price shall be determined by the Administrator in accordance with this Section 16.2 which shall be either (i) the Purchase Price for the Award Shares (minus the amount of any cash dividends paid or payable with respect to the Award Shares for which the record date precedes the repurchase) or (ii) the lower of (A) the Purchase Price for the Shares or (B) the Fair Market Value of those Award Shares as of the date of the Termination. The repurchase price shall be paid in cash. The Company may assign this right of repurchase.

(b) Procedure . The Company or its assignee may choose to give the Awardee a written notice of exercise of its repurchase rights under this Section 16.2. However, the Company’s failure to give such a notice shall not affect its rights to repurchase Award Shares. The Company must, however, tender the repurchase price during the period specified in this Section 16.2 for exercising its repurchase rights in order to exercise such rights.

 

17. Beneficiaries

An Awardee may file a written designation of one or more beneficiaries who are to receive the Awardee’s rights under the Awardee’s Awards after the Awardee’s death. An Awardee may change such a designation at any time by written notice. If an Awardee designates a beneficiary, the beneficiary may exercise the Awardee’s Awards after the Awardee’s death. If an Awardee dies when the Awardee has no living beneficiary designated under this Plan, the Company shall allow the executor or administrator of the Awardee’s estate to exercise the Award or, if there is none, the person entitled to exercise the Option under the Awardee’s will or the laws of descent and distribution. In any case, no Award may be exercised after its Expiration Date.

 

18. Miscellaneous

18.1 Governing Law . This Plan, the Award Agreements and all other agreements entered into under this Plan, and all actions taken under this Plan or in connection with Awards or Award Shares, shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

18.2 Determination of Value . Fair Market Value shall be determined as follows:

(a) Listed Stock . If the Shares are traded on any established stock exchange or quoted on a national market system, Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for the Shares as quoted on that stock exchange or system for the date the value is to be determined (the “ Value Date ”) as reported in The Wall Street Journal or a similar publication. If no sales are reported as having occurred on the Value Date, Fair Market Value shall be that closing sales price for the last preceding trading day on which sales of Shares are reported as having occurred. If no sales are reported as having occurred during the five trading days before the Value Date, Fair Market Value shall be the closing bid for Shares on the Value Date. If Shares are listed on multiple exchanges or systems, Fair Market Value shall be based on sales or bid prices on the primary exchange or system on which Shares are traded or quoted.

(b) Stock Quoted by Securities Dealer . If Shares are regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported on any established stock exchange or quoted on a national market system, Fair Market Value shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices on the Value Date. If no prices are quoted for the Value Date, Fair Market Value shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices on the last preceding trading day on which any bid and asked prices were quoted.

(c) No Established Market . If Shares are not traded on any established stock exchange or quoted on a national market system and are not quoted by a recognized securities dealer, the Administrator (following guidelines established by the Board or Committee) will determine Fair Market Value in good faith. The Administrator will consider the following factors, and any others it considers significant, in determining Fair Market Value: (i) the price at which other securities of the Company have been issued to purchasers other than Employees, Directors, or Consultants, (ii) the Company’s stockholder’s equity, prospective earning power, dividend-paying capacity, and non-operating assets, if any, and (iii) any other relevant factors, including the economic outlook for the Company and the Company’s industry, the Company’s position in that industry, the Company’s goodwill and other intellectual property, and the values of securities of other businesses in the same industry.

 

19


18.3 Reservation of Shares . During the term of this Plan, the Company shall at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as are still issuable under this Plan.

18.4 Electronic Communications . Any Award Agreement, notice of exercise of an Award, or other document required or permitted by this Plan may be delivered in writing or, to the extent determined by the Administrator, electronically. Signatures may also be electronic if permitted by the Administrator.

18.5 Notices . Unless the Administrator specifies otherwise, any notice to the Company under any Option Agreement or with respect to any Awards or Award Shares shall be in writing (or, if so authorized by Section 17.4, communicated electronically), shall be addressed to the Secretary of the Company, and shall only be effective when received by the Secretary of the Company.

 

20

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 333-174844, No. 333-169689, 333-162719 and 333-153475) and Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-173047, No. 333-167260, 333-164865, No. 333-156733, No. 333-126276, No. 333-134598, and No. 333-143130) pertaining to the 2004 Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan and Amended and Restated 2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan of Threshold Pharmaceuticals, Inc. of our report dated March 15, 2012, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Threshold Pharmaceuticals, Inc. included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2011.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Jose, California

March 15, 2012

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 333-174844, No. 333-169689, 333-162719 and 333-153475) and Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-173047, No. 333-167260, 333-164865, No. 333-156733, No. 333-126276, No. 333-134598, and No. 333-143130) of Threshold Pharmaceuticals, Inc. of our report dated March 24, 2011 relating to the consolidated financial statements, which appears in this Form 10-K.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California

March 15, 2012

Exhibit 31.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Harold E. Selick, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this Form 10-K of Threshold Pharmaceuticals, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  (a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  (c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 15, 2012

 

/s/    H AROLD E. S ELICK , P H .D.

Harold E. Selick, Ph.D.

Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 31.2

Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Joel A. Fernandes, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this Form 10-K of Threshold Pharmaceuticals, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  (a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  (c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 15, 2012

 

/s/    J OEL A. F ERNANDES

Joel A. Fernandes

Vice President, Finance and Controller

(Principal Accounting Officer)

Exhibit 32.1

Threshold Pharmaceuticals, Inc

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Threshold Pharmaceuticals, Inc (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Harold E. Selick, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: March 15, 2012

 

/s/    Harold E. Selick, Ph.D.

Harold E. Selick, Ph.D.

Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 32.2

Threshold Pharmaceuticals, Inc

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Threshold Pharmaceuticals, Inc (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Joel A. Fernandes, Vice President, Finance and Controller of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: March 15, 2012

 

/s/    Joel A. Fernandes

Joel A. Fernandes

Vice President, Finance and Controller

(Principal Accounting Officer)